3आज नवयुग रचता बापदादा अपने चारों ओर के बच्चों से नया वर्ष और नवयुग दोनों की मुबारक देने आये हैं . āj navyug rachtā bāpdādā apnē chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ sē nayā varṣh aur navyug dōnō̃ kī|key mubārak dēnē āyē haĩ . āj navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]|navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] rachnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|rachtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] nayā varṣh[x] aur navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]|navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . today (new age) (x[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|creator) BapDada one’s own everywhere (of|K) child from New Year and (new age) x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) congratulations give[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
2Today, BapDada, the Creator of the New Age, has come to give all His children everywhere congratulations for the New Year and the New Age.
4चारों ओर के बच्चे भी मुबारक देने पहुंच गये हैं . chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchē bhī mubārak dēnē pahuñch gayē haĩ . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . everywhere (of|K) child too congratulations give[inf.m.pl.,o.] reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
3Children from everywhere have also arrived here in order to give congratulations.
5क्या सिर्फ नये वर्ष की मुबारक देने आये हो वा नवयुग की भी मुबारक देने आये हो ? kyā sirph nayē varṣh kī|key mubārak dēnē āyē hō vā navyug kī|key bhī mubārak dēnē āyē hō ? kyā sirph[adj.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] vā navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]|navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhī[p.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ? what only new year (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) congratulations give[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] or (new age) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) too congratulations give[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ?
4Have you come simply to give congratulations for the New Year or also for the New Age?
6जैसे नये वर्ष की खुशी होती है और खुशियां देते हैं . jaisē nayē varṣh kī|key khuśhī hōtī hai aur khuśhiyā̃ dētē haĩ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] aur khuśhī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . like new year (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] and happiness give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
5Just as you have happiness of the New Age, so you also give happiness for the New Age.
7तो आप ब्राह्मण आत्माओं को नवयुग भी इतना याद है ? tō āp brāhmaṇ ātmāō̃ kō navyug bhī itnā yād hai ? tō āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]|navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then you Brahmin soul to (new age) too such remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ?
6So, do you Brahmin souls remember the New Age just as much?
8नवयुग नयनों के सामने आ गया है ? navyug nayanō̃ kē|K sāmnē ā gayā hai ? navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]|navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ? (new age) eye (of|K) x come[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ?
7Has the New Age come in front of your eyes?
9जैसे नये वर्ष के लिए दिल में आ रहा है कि आया कि आया , ऐसे ही अपने नवयुग के लिए इतना अनुभव करते हो कि आया कि आया ? jaisē nayē varṣh kē liē dil mē̃ ā rahā hai ki āyā ki āyā , aisē hī apnē navyug kē liē itnā anubhav kartē hō ki āyā ki āyā ? jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ki[conj.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]|navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? like new year for heart in come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] that come[past-part.m.sg.d.] that come[past-part.m.sg.d.] , such only one’s own (new age) for such experience do[pres.pl.m.2] that come[past-part.m.sg.d.] that come[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
8Just as it is in your heart that the New Year is just here, in the same way, do you experience that your New Age has just come?
10उस नवयुग की स्मृति इतनी समीप आती है ? us navyug kī|key smr̥iti itnī samīp ātī hai ? vah[pn.sg.o.] navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]|navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] samīp[adj.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] ? that (new age) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) awareness such close come[pres.sg.f.23] ?
9Is the awareness of this New Age just as close?
11वह अपने शरीर रूपी ड्रेस चमकती हुई सामने नज़र आ रही है ? vah apnē śharīr rūpī dress chamaktī huī sāmnē nazar ā rahī hai ? vah[pn.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] rūpī[adj.] dress chamaknā[pres-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] sāmnē nazar[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ? that one’s own body in the form of dress x[pres-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] x glance come[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ?
10Does the sparkling dress of your body come in front of you?
12बापदादा डबल मुबारक देते हैं . bāpdādā double mubārak dētē haĩ . bāpdādā double mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada double congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
11BapDada is giving you double congratulations.
13बच्चों के मन में , नयनों में नवयुग की सीन सीनरियां इमर्ज हैं , कितना अपने नवयुग में तन-मन-धन-जन श्रेष्ठ है , सर्व प्राप्तियों के भण्डार हैं . bachchō̃ kē|K man mē̃ , nayanō̃ mē̃ navyug kī|key scene sīnariyā̃ emerge haĩ , kitnā apnē navyug mē̃ tan-man-dhan-jan śhrēṣhṭh hai , sarv prāptiyō̃ kē|K bhaṇḍār haĩ . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]|navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key scene x emerge hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]|navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] x śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sarv[adj.] prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhanḍārā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . child (of|K) mind in , eye in (new age) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) scene x emerge be[pres.pl.12hon3] , so one’s own (new age) in x elevated be[pres.sg.23] , all attainment (of|K) treasure store be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
12Are the scenes and scenery of the New Age emerged in front of the children's mind and their eyes? 13Your body, mind, wealth and relationships (people) of the New Age are so elevated, and you have a treasure-store of all attainments.
14खुशी है कि आज पुरानी दुनिया में हैं और अभी-अभी अपने राज्य में होंगे ! khuśhī hai ki āj purānī duniyā mē̃ haĩ aur abhī-abhī apnē rājya mē̃ hōṅgē ! khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] āj purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur ab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! happiness be[pres.sg.23] that today old world in be[pres.pl.12hon3] and now one’s own kingdom in be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !
14You have the happiness that today you are in the old world and that just now you will go into the new kingdom.
15याद है अपना राज्य ? yād hai apnā rājya ? yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? remembrance be[pres.sg.23] (one’s own|adopt[root]) kingdom ?
15Do you remember your kingdom?
16जैसे आज डबल कार्य के लिए आये हो , पुराने को विदाई देने और नये वर्ष को बधाई देने आये हैं . jaisē āj double kārya kē liē āyē hō , purānē kō vidāī dēnē aur nayē varṣh kō badhāī dēnē āyē haĩ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āj double kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] aur nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . like today double task for come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , old to farewell give[inf.m.pl.,o.] and new year to greetings give[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
16Today, you have come here for a double task - you have come to bid farewell to the old and give greetings for the New Year.
17तो सिर्फ पुराने वर्ष को विदाई देने आये हो वा पुरानी दुनिया के पुराने संस्कार , पुराने स्वभाव , पुरानी चाल उसको भी विदाई देने आये हो ? tō sirph purānē varṣh kō vidāī dēnē āyē hō vā purānī duniyā kē|K purānē saṅskār , purānē svabhāv , purānī chāl uskō bhī vidāī dēnē āyē hō ? tō sirph[adj.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] vā purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] , purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] , purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chālnā[root]|chāl[n.f.;sg.] vah[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ? then only old year to farewell give[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] or old world (of|K) old sanskar , old nature , old (move[root]|x) that[.kō] too farewell give[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ?
17Similarly, have you come simply to bid farewell to the old year? 18Or, have you also come to bid farewell to the old nature, sanskars and old behaviour of the old world?
18पुराने वर्ष को विदाई देना तो सहज है , लेकिन पुराने संस्कार को विदाई देना भी इतना सहज लगता है ? purānē varṣh kō vidāī dēnā tō sahaj hai , lēkin purānē saṅskār kō vidāī dēnā bhī itnā sahaj lagtā hai ? purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lēkin purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? old year to farewell give[inf.m.sg.d.] then easy be[pres.sg.23] , but old sanskar to farewell give[inf.m.sg.d.] too such easy x[pres.sg.m.23] ?
19It is easy to bid farewell to the old world, but does it feel just as easy to bid farewell to the old sanskars?
19क्या समझते हो ? kyā samajhtē hō ? kyā samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? what understand[pres.pl.m.2] ?
20What do you think?
20माया को भी विदाई देने आये हो वा वर्ष को विदाई देने आये हैं ? māyā kō bhī vidāī dēnē āyē hō vā varṣh kō vidāī dēnē āyē haĩ ? māyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] vā varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? Maya to too farewell give[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] or year to farewell give[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
21Have you also come to bid farewell to Maya or have you just come to bid farewell to the year?
21विदाई देना है ना ! vidāī dēnā hai nā ! vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā ! farewell give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ !
22You want to bid farewell, do you not?
22कि थोड़ा प्यार है माया से ? ki thōṛā pyār hai māyā sē ? ki[conj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] māyā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] ? that short love be[pres.sg.23] Maya from ?
23Or, do you have a little love for Maya?
23थोड़ा-थोड़ा रखने चाहते हो ? thōṛā-thōṛā rakhnē chāhtē hō ? thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? short keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.2] ?
24Do you wish to keep her with you a little longer?
24बापदादा आज चारों ओर के बच्चों से पुराने संस्कार स्वभाव से विदाई दिलाने चाहते हैं . bāpdādā āj chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ sē purānē saṅskār svabhāv sē vidāī dilānē chāhtē haĩ . bāpdādā āj chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada today everywhere (of|K) child from old sanskar nature from farewell x[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
25Today, BapDada wants to enable the children from everywhere to bid farewell to the old nature and sanskars.
25दे सकते हो ? dē saktē hō ? dēnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? give[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
26Are you able to do this?
26हिम्मत है कि सोचते हो कि विदाई देने चाहते हैं लेकिन फिर माया आ जाती है ! himmat hai ki sōchtē hō ki vidāī dēnē chāhtē haĩ lēkin phir māyā ā jātī hai ! himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] māyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ! courage be[pres.sg.23] that think[pres.pl.m.2] that farewell give[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but (then|turn[root]) Maya come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] !
27Do you have this courage? 28Or, are you thinking that you do want to bid farewell, but that Maya still comes?
27क्या आज के दिन दृढ़ संकल्प की शक्ति से पुराने संस्कार को विदाई दे नये युग के संस्कार को , जीवन को बधाई देने की हिम्मत है ? kyā āj kē|K din dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kī|key śhakti sē purānē saṅskār kō vidāī dē nayē yug kē|K saṅskār kō , jīvan kō badhāī dēnē kī|key himmat hai ? kyā āj kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[opt.sg.23]|dēnā[root] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yug[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] , jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? what today (of|K) day determined thought (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) Shakti from old sanskar to farewell (give[opt.sg.23]|give[root]) new age (of|K) sanskar to , life to greetings give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) courage be[pres.sg.23] ?
29On this day, do you have the courage with the power of determination to bid farewell to the old sanskars and to give greetings for the sanskars of the New Age and the new life?
28है हिम्मत ? hai himmat ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? be[pres.sg.23] courage ?
30Do you have this courage?
29जो समझते हैं हो सकता है , हो सकता है , वा होना ही है , है हिम्मत वाले ? jō samajhtē haĩ hō saktā hai , hō saktā hai , vā hōnā hī hai , hai himmat vālē ? jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , vā hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , hōnā[pres.sg.23] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ? that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , or be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , be[pres.sg.23] courage those who ?
31Those who feel that this is possible, that it has to happen - do you have this courage?
30जो समझते हैं हिम्मत है वह हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ himmat hai vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] courage be[pres.sg.23] that raise your hands .
32Those who feel that you have courage, raise your hands!
31हिम्मत है ? himmat hai ? himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? courage be[pres.sg.23] ?
33Do you have courage?
32अच्छा जिन्होंने नहीं उठाया है वह सोच रहे हैं ? achchhā jinhōnnē nahī̃ uṭhāyā hai vah sōch rahē haĩ ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.pl.nē] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ? achcha that[.nē] not uplift[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that think[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ?
34Achcha, those of you who haven't raised your hands - are you still thinking?
33डबल फॉरेनर्स ने उठाया हाथ , जिसमें हिम्मत है वह हाथ उठाओ , सभी नहीं . double foreigners nē uṭhāyā hāth , jismē̃ himmat hai vah hāth uṭhāō , sabhī nahī̃ . double foreigner nē[postp.] uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] , jō[pn.sg.mē̃] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sab[adv.hī] nahī̃[neg] . double foreigner ∅ uplift[past-part.m.sg.d.] hand , that[.mē̃] courage be[pres.sg.23] that raise your hands , all not .
35Did the double foreigners raise their hands? 36Those who have courage, raise your hands! 37Not everyone.
34अच्छा , डबल फॉरेनर्स तो होशियार हैं . achchhā , double foreigners tō hōśhiyār haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , double foreigner tō hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . achcha , double foreigner then clever be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 35डबल नशा है इसीलिए . double naśhā hai isīliē . double naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isīliē . double intoxication be[pres.sg.23] x .
38Achcha. 39The double foreigners are clever because you have double intoxication.
36देखना , बापदादा हर मास रिजल्ट देखेगा . dēkhnā , bāpdādā har|her mās result dēkhēgā . dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , bāpdādā harnā[root]|har|her mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] result dēkhnā[fut.m.sg.23] . see[inf.m.sg.d.] , BapDada (x[root]|x) (month|x) result see[fut.m.sg.23] .
40Just be careful! 41BapDada will see the result this month.
37बापदादा को खुशी है कि हिम्मत वाले बच्चे हैं . bāpdādā kō khuśhī hai ki himmat vālē bachchē haĩ . bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada to happiness be[pres.sg.23] that courage those who child be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
42BapDada is pleased that you are the children with courage.
38चतुराई से जवाब देने वाले बच्चे हैं . chaturāī sē javāb dēnē vālē bachchē haĩ . chaturāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] javāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x from x give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who child be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
43You are the children who respond with cleverness.
39क्यों ? kyō̃ ? kyō̃ ? why ?
44Why?
40क्योंकि जानते हैं कि एक कदम हमारी हिम्मत का और हजारों कदम बाप की मदद का तो मिलना ही है . kyōṅki jāntē haĩ ki ēk kadam hamārī himmat kā aur hajārō̃ kadam bāp kī|key madad kā tō milnā hī hai . kyōṅki jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] ham[pn.pl.kī] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur hazār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key madad[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō milnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that one step we[.kī] courage of and 1000 step father (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x of then receive[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
45Because you know that, with one step of your courage, you will definitely receive a 1000 steps of help from Baba.
41अधिकारी हो . adhikārī hō . adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (one) who has a right (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
46You have a right.
42हजार कदम मदद के अधिकारी हो . hajār kadam madad kē|K adhikārī hō . hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] madad[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . 1000 step x (of|K) (one) who has a right (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
47You have a right to 1000 steps of help.
43सिर्फ हिम्मत को माया हिलाने की कोशिश करती है . sirph himmat kō māyā hilānē kī|key kōśhiśh kartī hai . sirph[adj.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] hilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] . only courage to Maya make fluctuate[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) try do[pres.sg.f.23] .
48It is just that Maya tries to shake your courage.
44बापदादा देखते हैं कि हिम्मत अच्छी रखते हैं , बापदादा दिल से मुबारक भी देते हैं लेकिन हिम्मत रखते फिर साथ में अपने अन्दर ही व्यर्थ संकल्प उत्पन्न कर लेते , कर तो रहे हैं , होना तो चाहिए , करेंगे तो जरूर , पता नहीं … पता नहीं का संकल्प आना यह हिम्मत को कमज़ोर कर देता है . bāpdādā dēkhtē haĩ ki himmat achchhī rakhtē haĩ , bāpdādā dil sē mubārak bhī dētē haĩ lēkin himmat rakhtē phir sāth mē̃ apnē andar hī vyarth saṅkalp utpanna kar lētē , kar tō rahē haĩ , hōnā tō chāhiē , karē̃gē tō jarūr , patā nahī̃ … patā nahī̃ kā saṅkalp ānā yah himmat kō kamzōr kar dētā hai . bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , bāpdādā dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] andar hī[p.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] utpanna[adj.] karnā[root] lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , karnā[root] tō rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō zarūr , patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] … patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kamjōr[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . BapDada see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that courage achcha keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , BapDada heart from congratulations too give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but courage keep[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (then|turn[root]) with in one’s own inside only wasteful thought x do[root] take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , do[root] then remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , be[inf.m.sg.d.] then (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then definitely , knowledge not … knowledge not of thought (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) this courage to weak do[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] .
49BapDada sees that you maintain courage well and BapDada also congratulates you from His heart. 50However, you do maintain courage, but, as well as that, you also create waste thoughts: "I am doing this, it has to happen, I will definitely do it..., I don't know". 51To have thoughts of not knowing weakens your courage.
45तो तो आ जाता है ना , करते तो हैं , करना तो है … आगे उड़ना तो है … . tō tō ā jātā hai nā , kartē tō haĩ , karnā tō hai … āgē uṛnā tō hai … . tō tō ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] nā , karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] … āgē uṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] … . then then come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ∅ , do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then be[pres.pl.12hon3] , do[inf.m.sg.d.] then be[pres.sg.23] … previously fly[inf.m.sg.d.] then be[pres.sg.23] … .
52In between, there is this 'but...' "I am doing it, but..." 53"I do have to do it, but..." 54"I do have to fly ahead, but..."
46यह हिम्मत को हिला देते हैं . yah himmat kō hilā dētē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] hilānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . this courage to make fluctuate[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
55This makes your courage fluctuate.
47तो नहीं सोचो , करना ही है . tō nahī̃ sōchō , karnā hī hai . tō nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then not think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
56So, don't think about 'buts' - you have to do it.
48क्यों नहीं होगा ! kyō̃ nahī̃ hōgā ! kyō̃ nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! why not be[fut.m.sg.23] ! 49जब बाप साथ है , तो बाप के साथ में तो-तो नहीं आ सकता . jab bāp sāth hai , tō bāp kē sāth mē̃ tō-tō nahī̃ ā saktā . jab bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] mē̃[postp.] tō nahī̃[neg] ānā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . when father with be[pres.sg.23] , then father with in then not come[root] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
57Why would it not happen since the Father is with you? 58So, there cannot be any 'buts' with the Father's company.
50तो इस नये वर्ष में नवीनता क्या करेंगे ? tō is nayē varṣh mē̃ navīntā kyā karē̃gē ? tō yah[pn.sg.o.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then this new year in newness what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
59So, what newness will you bring about in this New Year?
51हिम्मत के पांव को मजबूत बनाओ . himmat kē|K pāṅw kō majbūt banāō . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] majbūt[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . courage (of|K) foot to x create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
60Strengthen the foot of your courage.
52ऐसी हिम्मत का पांव मजबूत बनाओ जो माया खुद हिल जाये लेकिन पांव नहीं हिले . aisī himmat kā pāṅw majbūt banāō jō māyā khud hil jāyē lēkin pāṅw nahī̃ hilē . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] majbūt[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] khud hilnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] lēkin pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hilnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|hilnā[opt.sg.23] . such courage of foot x create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that Maya oneself x[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] but foot not (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) .
61Strengthen your foot of courage to such an extent that Maya herself is shaken, but your foot doesn't shake.
53तो नये वर्ष में नवीनता करेंगे , या जैसे कभी हिलते कभी मजबूत रहते , ऐसे तो नहीं करेंगे ना ! tō nayē varṣh mē̃ navīntā karē̃gē , yā jaisē kabhī hiltē kabhī majbūt rahtē , aisē tō nahī̃ karē̃gē nā ! tō nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , yā jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kabhī[adv.] hilnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kabhī[adv.] majbūt[adj.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ! then new year in newness do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , or like ever x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ever x remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , such then not do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
62So, will you bring about newness in the New Year? 63Or, will you sometimes remain firm and sometimes fluctuate? 64You will not do this, will you?
54आप सभी का कर्तव्य वा आक्यूपेशन क्या है ? āp sabhī kā kartavya vā occupation kyā hai ? āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kartavya[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā occupation kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? you all of activity or occupation what be[pres.sg.23] ?
65What is the duty and occupation of all of you?
55अपने को क्या कहलाते हो ? apnē kō kyā kahlātē hō ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] kyā kahlānā[pres.pl.m.2] ? one’s own to what call[pres.pl.m.2] ?
66What do you call yourselves?
56याद करो . yād karō . yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . remember .
67Remember that.
57विश्व कल्याणी , विश्व परिवर्तक , यह आपका आक्यूपेशन है ना ! viśhva kalyāṇī , viśhva parivartak , yah āpkā occupation hai nā ! viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇī[adj.] , viśhva parivartak[x] , yah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] occupation hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! world benefactor , world transformer , this you[.kā] occupation be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
68World benefactors, world transformers - this is your occupation, is it not?
58तो बापदादा को कभी-कभी मीठी-मीठी हंसी आती है . tō bāpdādā kō kabhī-kabhī mīṭhī-mīṭhī hansī ātī hai . tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] kabhī[adv.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hãsnā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+ānā] . then BapDada to ever sweet laugh out[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+ānā] .
69So, sometimes, BapDada is sweetly amused.
59विश्व परिवर्तक टाइटिल तो है ना ! viśhva parivartak title tō hai nā ! viśhva parivartak[x] title tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! world transformer title then be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
70You have the title of 'World Transformers', do you not?
60विश्व परिवर्तक हो ? viśhva parivartak hō ? viśhva parivartak[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? world transformer (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
71Are you world transformers?
61या लण्डन परिवर्तक , इण्डिया परिवर्तक ? yā london parivartak , india parivartak ? yā London parivartak[adj.] , India parivartak[adj.] ? or x transformer , India transformer ?
72Or, are you transformers of London or transformers of India?
62विश्व परिवर्तक हो ना , सभी ? viśhva parivartak hō nā , sabhī ? viśhva parivartak[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā , sab[adv.hī] ? world transformer (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ , all ?
73Are all of you world transformers?
63चाहे गांव में रहते हैं चाहे लण्डन या अमेरिका में रहते हैं लेकिन विश्व कल्याणकारी हो ना ? chāhē gānv mē̃ rahtē haĩ chāhē london yā America mē̃ rahtē haĩ lēkin viśhva kalyāṇkārī hō nā ? chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] London yā America mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ? (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) village in remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x or America in remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but world beneficial (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ ?
74Whether you are living in villages, in London or America, you are all world transformers, are you not?
64हो तो कांध हिलाओ . hō tō kāndh hilāō . hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō kāndh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then shoulder make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
75If you are, then raise your hands!
65पक्का ना ! pakkā nā ! pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nā ! firm ∅ !
76Are you sure?
66कि 75 परसेन्ट हो . ki 75 percent hō . ki[conj.] 75 percent hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . that 75 % (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
77Or are you only 75% that?
6775 परसेन्ट विश्व कल्याणी और 25 परसेन्ट माफ है , ऐसे ? 75 percent viśhva kalyāṇī aur 25 percent māph hai , aisē ? 75 percent viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇī[adj.] aur 25 percent māph[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ? 75 % world benefactor and 25 % x be[pres.sg.23] , such ?
78Is it that you are 75% world benefactors and you are allowed not to be the other 25%?
68चैलेन्ज क्या है आपकी ? challenge kyā hai āpkī ? challenge kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.kī] ? challenge what be[pres.sg.23] you[.kī] ?
79What is your challenge?
69प्रकृति को भी चैलेन्ज की है कि प्रकृति को भी परिवर्तन करना ही है . prakr̥iti kō bhī challenge kī hai ki prakr̥iti kō bhī parivartan karnā hī hai . prakr̥iti[x] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] challenge karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] prakr̥iti[x] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . matter to too challenge do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that matter to too transformation do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
80You have even challenged nature that you are definitely going to transform nature.
70तो अपना आक्यूपेशन याद करो . tō apnā occupation yād karō . tō apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] occupation yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then (one’s own|adopt[root]) occupation remember .
71कभी-कभी अपने लिए भी सोचते हो - करना तो नहीं चाहिए लेकिन हो जाता है . kabhī-kabhī apnē liē bhī sōchtē hō - karnā tō nahī̃ chāhiē lēkin hō jātā hai . kabhī[adv.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē bhī[p.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.2] - karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō nahī̃[neg] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] lēkin hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . ever one’s own (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) too think[pres.pl.m.2] - do[inf.m.sg.d.] then not (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) but be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
72तो विश्व परिवर्तक , प्रकृति परिवर्तक , स्व परिवर्तक नहीं बन सकते ? tō viśhva parivartak , prakr̥iti parivartak , sva parivartak nahī̃ ban saktē ? tō viśhva parivartak[x] , prakr̥iti[x] parivartak[adj.] , sva parivartak[adj.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? then world transformer , matter transformer , x transformer not (become[root]|x) can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
81So, can the world transformers, the nature transformers, not become self-transformers?
73तो शक्ति सेना क्या सोचते हो ? tō śhakti sēnā kyā sōchtē hō ? tō śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sēnā[n.f.;sg.] kyā sōchnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? then Shakti army what think[pres.pl.m.2] ?
82What is the Shakti Army thinking?
74इस वर्ष में अपना आक्यूपेशन विश्व परिवर्तक का स्व प्रति वा अपने ब्राह्मण परिवार प्रति , क्योंकि पहले तो चैरिटी बिगन्स एट होम है ना ! is varṣh mē̃ apnā occupation viśhva parivartak kā sva prati vā apnē brāhmaṇ parivār prati , kyōṅki pahlē tō charity begins at home hai nā ! yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] occupation viśhva parivartak[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sva prati vā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati , kyōṅki pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] tō charity begins at home[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! this year in (one’s own|adopt[root]) occupation world transformer of x for or one’s own Brahmin family for , because (x|firstly) then charity begins at home be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ! 75तो अपने आक्यूपेशन का प्रैक्टिकल स्वरूप प्रत्यक्ष करेंगे ना . tō apnē occupation kā practical svarūp pratyakṣha karē̃gē nā . tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] occupation kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] practical svarūp[x] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . then one’s own occupation of x visible do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
83This year, your title for the self and for the Brahmin family is 'World Transformers'. 84Because, first, charity begins at home, so, you will reveal the practical form of your occupation, will you not?
76स्व परिवर्तन जो स्वयं भी चाहते हो और बापदादा भी चाहते हैं , जानते तो हो ना ! sva parivartan jō svayã bhī chāhtē hō aur bāpdādā bhī chāhtē haĩ , jāntē tō hō nā ! sva parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] svayã bhī[p.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.2] aur bāpdādā bhī[p.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! x transformation that x too x[pres.pl.m.2] and BapDada too x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
85You yourself, and BapDada also want self-transformation; you know that.
77बापदादा पूछते हैं कि आप सभी बच्चों का लक्ष्य क्या है ? bāpdādā pūchhtē haĩ ki āp sabhī bachchō̃ kā lakṣhya kyā hai ? bāpdādā pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? BapDada ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that you all child of aim what be[pres.sg.23] ? 78तो एक ही जवाब देते हैं मैजारिटी कि बाप समान बनना है . tō ēk hī javāb dētē haĩ majority ki bāp samān bannā hai . tō ēk[adj.] hī[p.] javāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] majority ki[conj.] bāp samān[x] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then one only x give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] majority that equal to the Father become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
86When BapDada asks all of you what your aim is, the majority of you say, "To become equal to the Father".
79ठीक है ना ! ṭhīk hai nā ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
87Is that right?
80बाप समान बनना ही है ना , कि देखेंगे , सोचेंगे … ! bāp samān bannā hī hai nā , ki dēkhē̃gē , sōchē̃gē … ! bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , ki[conj.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , sōchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] … ! equal to the Father become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , that see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , think[fut.m.pl.12hon3] … !
88You want to become equal to the Father, do you not? 89Or, will you see about it? 90Will you think about it?
81तो बाप भी यही चाहते हैं कि इस नये वर्ष में 70 वर्ष पूरे हो रहे हैं अब 71 वर्ष में कोई कमाल करके दिखाओ . tō bāp bhī yahī chāhtē haĩ ki is nayē varṣh mē̃ 70 varṣh pūrē hō rahē haĩ ab 71 varṣh mē̃ kōī kamāl karkē dikhāō . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] 70 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ab[adv.] 71 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then father too this x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this new year in 70 year full be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] now 71 year in some x do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
91So BapDada also wants that, in this New Year - you are completing the 70th year and are now in the 71st year - you will demonstrate this by performing some wonder.
82सब इतनी सेवा के उमंग में भिन्न-भिन्न प्रोग्राम बनाते रहते हैं , सफल भी होते रहते हैं , बापदादा को खुशी भी होती है कि मेहनत जो करते हैं उसकी सफलता मिलती है . sab itnī sēvā kē|K umaṅg mē̃ bhinn-bhinn programme banātē rahtē haĩ , saphal bhī hōtē rahtē haĩ , bāpdādā kō khuśhī bhī hōtī hai ki mēhnat jō kartē haĩ uskī saphaltā miltī hai . sab[adj.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhinn[adj.] programme banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , saphal[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] jō[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kī] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] . all such service (of|K) zeal in different programme create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , successful too be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , BapDada to happiness too be[pres.sg.f.23] that effort that do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kī] success receive[pres.sg.f.23] .
92All of you have a variety of programmes for service with so much enthusiasm; you are also successful in that. 93BapDada is happy that you are successful in the effort that you make.
83व्यर्थ नहीं जाती है लेकिन किसलिए सेवा करते ? vyarth nahī̃ jātī hai lēkin kisliē sēvā kartē ? vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[pres.sg.f.23] lēkin kisliē sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? wasteful not go[pres.sg.f.23] but x service do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
94It doesn't go to waste, but why do you do service?
84तो क्या जवाब देते हैं ? tō kyā javāb dētē haĩ ? tō kyā javāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? then what x give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
95What do you reply?
85बाप को प्रत्यक्ष करने के लिए . bāp kō pratyakṣha karnē kē liē . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] . father to visible do[inf.m.pl.,o.] for .
96In order to reveal the Father.
86तो बाप आज बच्चों से प्रश > पूछते हैं , कि बाप को प्रत्यक्ष तो करना ही है , करेंगे ही . tō bāp āj bachchō̃ sē praś > pūchhtē haĩ , ki bāp kō pratyakṣha tō karnā hī hai , karē̃gē hī . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] āj bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] x > pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ki[conj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] tō karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] . then father today child from x > ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that father to visible then do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] only .
97So, today, the Father is asking you a question. 98You have to reveal the Father and you definitely have to do that.
87लेकिन बाप को प्रत्यक्ष करने के पहले स्व को प्रत्यक्ष करो . lēkin bāp kō pratyakṣha karnē kē|K pahlē sva kō pratyakṣha karō . lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] sva kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but father to visible do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) (x|firstly) x to visible do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
99But, before revealing the Father, reveal yourself.
88बोलो , शिव शक्तियां यह वर्ष स्व को प्रत्यक्ष शिव शक्ति के रूप में करेंगे ? bōlō , śhiv śhaktiyā̃ yah varṣh sva kō pratyakṣha śhiv śhakti kē|K rūp mē̃ karē̃gē ? bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , śhiv śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sva kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] śhiv śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , Shiva Shakti this year x to visible Shiva Shakti (of|K) Rup in do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
100Speak, Shiv Shaktis. 101This year, will you reveal yourselves as the Shiv Shaktis?
89करेंगे ? karē̃gē ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
102Will you do this?
90जनक बोलो ? janak bōlō ? janak[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ? Janak speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ?
103Janak, speak?
91करेंगे ? karē̃gē ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
104Will you do this?
92 ( करना ही है ) साथी , पहली लाइन दूसरी लाइन टीचर्स . ( karnā hī hai ) sāthī , pahlī line dūsrī line teachers . ( karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] line dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] line teacher . ( do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] ) companion , x line other line teacher . 93टीचर्स हाथ उठाओ जो इस वर्ष में करके दिखायेंगे . teachers hāth uṭhāō jō is varṣh mē̃ karkē dikhāyēṅgē . teacher hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . teacher raise your hands that this year in do[abs.] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
105(We have to do it.) 106Your companions, those sitting in the first row, the teachers in the second row - teachers, those who will do it this year.
94करेंगे नहीं , करके दिखाना ही है . karē̃gē nahī̃ , karkē dikhānā hī hai . karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nahī̃[neg] , karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] not , do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
107Not that you will do it at some time, but you will demonstrate this by doing it.
95अच्छा - सभी टीचर्स ने उठाया या कोई ने नहीं उठाया . achchhā - sabhī teachers nē uṭhāyā yā kōī nē nahī̃ uṭhāyā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - sab[adv.hī] teacher nē[postp.] uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yā kōī[pn.;d.] nē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . achcha - all teacher ∅ uplift[past-part.m.sg.d.] or some ∅ not uplift[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
108Achcha - did all the teachers raise their hands or did some not raise their hands?
96अच्छा - मधुबन वाले . achchhā - madhuban vālē . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . achcha - Madhuban those who .
109Achcha, those from Madhuban?
97करना ही है , करना पड़ेगा . karnā hī hai , karnā paṛēgā . karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
110You have to do it, you have to.
98मधुबन वाले क्योंकि मधुबन तो नजदीक है ना . madhuban vālē kyōṅki madhuban tō najdīk hai nā . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyōṅki madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nazdīk hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . Madhuban those who because Madhuban then x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
111Those from Madhuban have to do this because you are close.
99तारीख नोट कर देना , 31 तारीख है . tārīkh note kar dēnā , 31 tārīkh hai . tārīkh[n.f.;sg.] note karnā[root] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , 31 tārīkh[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x note do[root] give[inf.m.sg.d.] , 31 x be[pres.sg.23] . 100टाइम भी नोट करना ( 9 बजकर 20 मिनट ) . time bhī note karnā ( 9 bajkar 20 minute ) . time bhī[p.] note karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ( 9 bajnā[abs.] 20 minute ) . time too note do[inf.m.sg.d.] ( 9 x[abs.] 20 minute ) .
112Note down this date (31st Dec) and also the time (9.20 pm).
101और पाण्डव सेना , पाण्डवों को क्या दिखाना है ! aur pāṇḍav sēnā , pāṇḍavō̃ kō kyā dikhānā hai ! aur pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēnā[n.f.;sg.] , pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kyā dikhānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ! and Pandava army , Pandava to what x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] !
113And the Pandava Army? 114What are the Pandavas going to demonstrate?
102विजयी पाण्डव . vijayī pāṇḍav . vijayī[adj.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] . victorious Pandava .
115Victorious Pandavas.
103कभी कभी के विजयी नहीं , है ही विजयी पाण्डव . kabhī kabhī kē|K vijayī nahī̃ , hai hī vijayī pāṇḍav . kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vijayī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] , hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] vijayī[adj.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] . ever ever (of|K) victorious not , be[pres.sg.23] only victorious Pandava .
116Not those who are only sometimes victorious, but you are the victorious Pandavas.
104हैं ? haĩ ? hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
117Are you this?
105दिखाना है इस वर्ष में , कि कहेंगे क्या करें ? dikhānā hai is varṣh mē̃ , ki kahē̃gē kyā karē̃ ? dikhānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , ki[conj.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] this year in , that say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] what do[opt.pl.12hon3] ?
118Are you going to demonstrate it this year? 119Or, will you say, "What can I do?
106माया आ गई ना , चाहते नहीं थे आ गई ! māyā ā gaī nā , chāhtē nahī̃ thē ā gaī ! māyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.f..root+jānā] nā , chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past.pl] ānā[past-part.f..root+jānā] ! Maya come[past-part.f..root+jānā] ∅ , x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[past.pl] come[past-part.f..root+jānā] !
120Maya came, even though I didn't want it, but she came"?
107बापदादा ने पहले भी कहा है माया अपना लास्ट टाइम तक आना बन्द नहीं करेगी . bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī kahā hai māyā apnā last time tak ānā band nahī̃ karēgī . bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] māyā[n.f.;sg.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] last time tak ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] band[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.f.sg.23] . BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] Maya (one’s own|adopt[root]) last time until (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) closed not do[fut.f.sg.23] .
121BapDada has told you earlier too that Maya will not stop coming till the end.
108लेकिन माया का काम है आना और आपका काम क्या है ? lēkin māyā kā kām hai ānā aur āpkā kām kyā hai ? lēkin māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur āp[pn.pl.kā] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? but Maya of (lust|task) be[pres.sg.23] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) and you[.kā] (lust|task) what be[pres.sg.23] ?
122However, it is Maya's duty to come and what is your duty?
109विजयी बनना . vijayī bannā . vijayī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . victorious become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
123To be victorious.
110तो यह नहीं सोचो , चाहते थोड़ेही हैं लेकिन माया आ जाती है . tō yah nahī̃ sōchō , chāhtē thōṛēhī haĩ lēkin māyā ā jātī hai . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] thōṛēhī hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin māyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . then this not think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] but Maya come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . 111हो जाता है . hō jātā hai . hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
124So, do not think, "I did not think, I did not want it, but Maya came and it happens!"
112अब यह शब्द बापदादा इस वर्ष के साथ , इन शब्दों को विदाई दिलाने चाहते हैं . ab yah śhabda bāpdādā is varṣh kē sāth , in śhabdō̃ kō vidāī dilānē chāhtē haĩ . ab[adv.] yah[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] , in|yah[pn.pl.o.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . now this word BapDada this year with , (in|this) word to farewell x[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
125Now, together with this year, BapDada also wants to enable you to say farewell to those words.
11312 बजे इस वर्ष को विदाई देंगे ना . 12 bajē is varṣh kō vidāī dēgē nā . 12 bajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajnā[opt.sg.23]|bajā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . 12 (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|o'clock) this year to farewell give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
126At midnight, you will bid farewell to this year, will you not?
114तो जो घण्टे बजाओ ना , आज जब घण्टे बजाओ तो किसका घण्टा बजायेंगे ? tō jō ghaṇṭē bajāō nā , āj jab ghaṇṭē bajāō tō kiskā ghaṇṭā bajāyēṅgē ? tō jō[pn.;d.] ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nā , āj jab ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kaun[pn.sg.kā] ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bajānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then that hour play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ∅ , today when hour play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then who[.kā] hour play[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
127So, when you ring the bell, what will it be the bell for?
115दिन का , वर्ष का या माया की विदाई का घण्टा बजाना . din kā , varṣh kā yā māyā kī|key vidāī kā ghaṇṭā bajānā . din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yā māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bajānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . day of , year of or Maya (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) farewell of hour play[inf.m.sg.d.] .
128For the end of the day, the end of year or for farewell to Maya?
116दो बातें हैं - एक तो परिवर्तन शक्ति , उसकी कमज़ोरी है . dō bātē̃ haĩ - ēk tō parivartan śhakti , uskī kamzōrī hai . dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] - ēk[adj.] tō parivartan śhakti[x] , vah[pn.sg.kī] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) matter be[pres.pl.12hon3] - one then x , that[.kī] weakness be[pres.sg.23] .
129There are two things. 130One is that you are weak in the power of transformation.
117प्लैन बहुत अच्छे बनाते हो , ऐसे करेंगे , ऐसे करेंगे , ऐसे करेंगे … . plan bahut achchhē banātē hō , aisē karē̃gē , aisē karē̃gē , aisē karē̃gē … . plan bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[pres.pl.m.2] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] … . plan very achcha create[pres.pl.m.2] , such do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , such do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , such do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] … .
131You make very good plans. 132"I will do this, I will do that, I will do this."
118बापदादा भी खुश हो जाते हैं , बहुत अच्छे प्लैन बनाये हैं लेकिन परिवर्तन शक्ति की कमी होने के कारण कुछ परिवर्तन होता है , कुछ रह जाता है . bāpdādā bhī khuśh hō jātē haĩ , bahut achchhē plan banāyē haĩ lēkin parivartan śhakti kī|key kamī hōnē kē|K kāraṇ kuchh parivartan hōtā hai , kuchh rah jātā hai . bāpdādā bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] plan banānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin parivartan śhakti[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kuchh parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , kuchh rahnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . BapDada too happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , very achcha plan create[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because anything transformation be[pres.sg.m.23] , anything remain[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
133Even BapDada becomes pleased that you have made very good plans. 134You have made very good plans, but, because you lack the power of transformation, some things become transformed, and other things are left.
119और दूसरी कमी है - दृढ़ता की . aur dūsrī kamī hai - dr̥iṛhtā kī|key . aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key . and other x be[pres.sg.23] - determination (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) .
135The second weakness is of determination.
120संकल्प अच्छे अच्छे करते हो , आज भी देखो कितने कार्ड , कितने अंजाम , कितने वायदे देखे , बापदादा ने देखा है . saṅkalp achchhē achchhē kartē hō , āj bhī dēkhō kitnē card , kitnē añjām , kitnē vāydē dēkhē , bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai . saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , āj bhī[p.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] card , kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anjām[n.m.;sg.,d.] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . thought achcha achcha do[pres.pl.m.2] , today too see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so card , so promise , so promise (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]) , BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
136You have very good thoughts. 137Today BapDada saw so many cards, promises, resolutions etc.
121बहुत पत्र अच्छे-अच्छे आये हैं . bahut patra achchhē-achchhē āyē haĩ . bahut patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . very x achcha come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
138So many very good letters have come.
122 ( कार्ड पत्र आदि सब स्टेज पर सजे हुए रखे हैं ) तो करेंगे , दिखायेंगे , होना ही है , बनना ही है , पदम-पदमगुणा यादप्यार , सब बापदादा के पास पहुंचा है , आप जो सम्मुख बैठे हो , उन्हों के दिल का आवाज भी बाप के पास पहुंचा . ( card patra ādi sab stage par sajē huē rakhē haĩ ) tō karē̃gē , dikhāyēṅgē , hōnā hī hai , bannā hī hai , padam-padamguṇā yādpyār , sab bāpdādā kē pās pahuñchā hai , āp jō sammukh baiṭhē hō , unhō̃ kē|K dil kā āvāj bhī bāp kē pās pahuñchā . ( card patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] ādi[adj.] sab[adj.] stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] sajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sajnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] rakhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) tō karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , padamguṇā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sab[adj.] bāpdādā kē pās[x] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , āp[pn.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] sammukh baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . ( card x etc. all stage (at|other) (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] keep[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) then do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , multimillion-fold love, remembrance , all BapDada to reach[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , you that in front of you sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , that (of|K) heart of noise too father to reach[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
139(The stage was decorated with cards, letters, new year resolution notes.) 140So, you will do this and demonstrate it. 141It has to happen. 142You have to become this. 143Multi-multimillionfold love and remembrance. 144Everything has reached BapDada. 145The sound from the heart of all of those who are personally sitting here face-to-face has also reached BapDada.
123लेकिन अभी बापदादा इन दो शक्तियों के ऊपर अण्डरलाइन करा रहा है . lēkin abhī bāpdādā in dō śhaktiyō̃ kē ūpar underline karā rahā hai . lēkin ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā in|yah[pn.pl.o.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] underline karānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . but now BapDada (in|this) (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) Shakti over underline make commit[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
146However, BapDada is now underlining these two powers.
124एक दृढ़ता की कमी आ जाती है . ēk dr̥iṛhtā kī|key kamī ā jātī hai . ēk[adj.] dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . one determination (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
147One is the lack of determination.
125कमी का कारण , अलबेलापन , दूसरे को देखने का . kamī kā kāraṇ , albēlāpan , dūsrē kō dēkhnē kā . kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . x of because , carelessness , other to see[inf.m.pl.,o.] of .
148The reason for this weakness is carelessness and seeing others.
126हो जायेगा , कर तो रहे हैं , करेंगे , जरूर करेंगे … . hō jāyēgā , kar tō rahē haĩ , karē̃gē , jarūr karē̃gē … . hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , karnā[root] tō rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , zarūr karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] … . be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , do[root] then remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , definitely do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] … .
149"It will happen, I am doing it... 150I will do it, I will definitely do it..."
127बापदादा यही चाहते हैं कि इस वर्ष एक शब्द को विदाई दो - सदा के लिए . bāpdādā yahī chāhtē haĩ ki is varṣh ēk śhabda kō vidāī dō - sadā kē liē . bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] - sadā kē liē[x] . BapDada this x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this year one word to farewell (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) - constantly for .
151BapDada now wants you to bid farewell this year to one word for all time.
128बतायें , बोलें ? batāyē̃ , bōlē̃ ? batānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , bōlnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? tell[opt.pl.12hon3] , speak[opt.pl.12hon3] ?
152Should Baba tell you?
129देनी पड़ेगी . dēnī paṛēgī . dēnā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] . give[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] .
153Then you will have to bid it farewell.
130इस वर्ष बापदादा कारण शब्द को विदाई दिलाने चाहते हैं , निवारण हो , कारण खत्म . is varṣh bāpdādā kāraṇ śhabda kō vidāī dilānē chāhtē haĩ , nivāraṇ hō , kāraṇ khatm . yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḵẖatm[adj.] . this year BapDada because word to farewell x[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , solution (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , because finished .
154This year, BapDada wants to make you bid farewell to the word 'reasons'. 155Let there be solutions and finish reasons.
131समस्या खत्म , समाधान स्वरूप . samasyā khatm , samādhān svarūp . samasyā[n.f.;sg.] ḵẖatm[adj.] , samādhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] . problem finished , solution form .
156Let problems finish and become an embodiment of solutions.
132चाहे स्वयं का कारण हो , चाहे साथी का कारण हो , चाहे संगठन का कारण हो , चाहे कोई सरकमस्टांश का कारण हो , ब्राह्मणों की डिक्शनरी में कारण शब्द , समस्या शब्द परिवर्तन हो , समाधान और निवारण हो जाए क्योंकि बहुतों ने आज अमृतवेले भी बापदादा से रूहरिहान में यही बातें की , कि नये वर्ष में कुछ नवीनता करें . chāhē svayã kā kāraṇ hō , chāhē sāthī kā kāraṇ hō , chāhē saṅgaṭhan kā kāraṇ hō , chāhē kōī circumstance kā kāraṇ hō , brāhmaṇō̃ kī|key dictionary mē̃ kāraṇ śhabda , samasyā śhabda parivartan hō , samādhān aur nivāraṇ hō jāē kyōṅki bahutō̃ nē āj amr̥itvēlē bhī bāpdādā sē rūhrihān mē̃ yahī bātē̃ kī|key , ki nayē varṣh mē̃ kuchh navīntā karē̃ . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] svayã kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] saṅgaṭhan[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kōī[pn.;d.] circumstance kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key dictionary mē̃[postp.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] , samasyā[n.f.;sg.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , samādhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] kyōṅki bahut[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] āj amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā sē[postp.] rūhrihān[x] mē̃[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key , ki[conj.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kuchh navīntā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x of because (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) companion of because (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) gathering of because (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) some circumstances of because (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , Brahmin (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x in because word , problem word transformation (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , solution and solution be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] because very ∅ today amrit vela too BapDada from spiritual conversation in this matter (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) , that new year in anything newness do[opt.pl.12hon3] .
157Whether the reason is the self, your companions, the gathering or the circumstances, in the Brahmin dictionary, the words 'reasons' and 'problems' should be transformed into 'solutions'. 158Because, this morning at amrit vela, you spoke to Baba about these things, that in the New Year, you will do something new.
133तो बापदादा चाहते हैं कि यह नया वर्ष ऐसा मनाओ जो यह दो शब्द समाप्त हो जाएं . tō bāpdādā chāhtē haĩ ki yah nayā varṣh aisā manāō jō yah dō śhabda samāpt hō jāē̃ . tō bāpdādā chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] nayā varṣh[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] manānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . then BapDada x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this New Year such celebrate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that this (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) word finished be[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
159So, now BapDada wants you to celebrate the New Year in a such a way that these two words finish.
134पर-उपकारी . par-upkārī . par-upkārī[adj.] . x .
160Become those who uplift others.
135स्वयं कारण बनते हैं या दूसरा कोई कारण बनता है , लेकिन पर-उपकारी आत्मा बन , रहमदिल आत्मा बन , शुभ भावना , शुभ कामना के दिल वाले बन सहयोग दो , स्नेह लो . svayã kāraṇ bantē haĩ yā dūsrā kōī kāraṇ bantā hai , lēkin par-upkārī ātmā ban , merciful ātmā ban , śhubh bhāvnā , śhubh kāmnā kē|K dil vālē ban sahyōg dō , snēh lō|low . svayã kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yā dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] , lēkin par-upkārī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] , merciful ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] , śhubh bhāvnā[x] , śhubh kāmnā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] , snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low . x because become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] or other some because become[pres.sg.m.23] , but x soul (become[root]|x) , merciful soul (become[root]|x) , pure feeling , good wishes (of|K) heart those who (become[root]|x) cooperation (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) , love (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) .
161Whether you yourself become a 'reason' or someone else is a 'reason', become one who uplifts others, be a merciful soul, be one who has good wishes and pure feelings and give co-operation and receive love.
136तो इस नये वर्ष को क्या नाम देंगे ? tō is nayē varṣh kō kyā nām dēgē ? tō yah[pn.sg.o.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kyā nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then this new year to what name give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
162So, what will you designate this year as?
137पहले हर वर्ष को नाम देते थे , याद है ना ? pahlē har|her varṣh kō nām dētē thē , yād hai nā ? pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] harnā[root]|har|her varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[hab-past.pl.m.] , yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? (x|firstly) (x[root]|x) year to name give[hab-past.pl.m.] , remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
163Earlier, you used to designate each year; do you remember?
138तो बापदादा इस वर्ष को श्रेष्ठ शुभ संकल्प , दृढ़ संकल्प , स्नेह सहयोग संकल्प वर्ष - यह नाम नहीं , लेकिन ऐसा देखने चाहते हैं . tō bāpdādā is varṣh kō śhrēṣhṭh śhubh saṅkalp , dr̥iṛh saṅkalp , snēh sahyōg saṅkalp varṣh - yah nām nahī̃ , lēkin aisā dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ . tō bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] śhubh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] - yah[pn.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] , lēkin aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then BapDada this year to elevated pure and positive thought , determined thought , love cooperation thought year - this name not , but such see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
164So, this year, BapDada doesn't just want this year to be designated as the year for elevated and pure thoughts, determined thoughts, thoughts of love and co- operation, but Baba wants to see you become like that.
139दृढ़ता की शक्ति , परिवर्तन की शिक्त को सदा साथी बनाओ . dr̥iṛhtā kī śhakti , parivartan kī|key śikta kō sadā sāthī banāō . dr̥iṛhtā kī śhakti[x] , parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key x kō[postp.] sadā sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . power of determination , transformation (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x to constantly companion create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 140कोई कुछ भी निगेटिव दे लेकिन जैसे आप दूसरों को कोर्स कराते हो निगेटिव को पॉजिटिव में बदली करो , तो क्या आप स्वयं निगेटिव को पॉजिटिव में चेन्ज नहीं कर सकते ? kōī kuchh bhī negative dē lēkin jaisē āp dūsrō̃ kō course karātē hō negative kō positive mē̃ badalī karō , tō kyā āp svayã negative kō positive mē̃ change nahī̃ kar saktē ? kōī[pn.;d.] kuchh bhī[x] negative dēnā[opt.sg.23]|dēnā[root] lēkin jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] course karānā[pres.pl.m.2] negative kō[postp.] positive mē̃[postp.] badalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+karnā] , tō kyā āp[pn.pl.] svayã negative kō[postp.] positive mē̃[postp.] change nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? some anything negative (give[opt.sg.23]|give[root]) but like you other to course make commit[pres.pl.m.2] negative to positive in change[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+karnā] , then what you x negative to positive in change not do[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
165Make the power of determination and the power of transformation your constant companions, even when someone gives you something negative. 166You give a course to others to transform the negative into positive so can you yourselves not change the negative into positive?
141दूसरा परवश होता है , परवश पर रहम किया जाता है . dūsrā parvaśh hōtā hai , parvaśh par rahm kiyā jātā hai . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parvaśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , parvaśh[adj.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|karnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] . other under an influence be[pres.sg.m.23] , under an influence (at|other) mercy (do[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|do[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) .
167Others are externally influenced, so you have mercy for those who are influenced.
142आपके जड़ चित्र , आपके ही चित्र है ना . āpkē jaṛ chitra , āpkē hī chitra hai nā . āp[pn.pl.kē] jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛnā[root] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] , āp[pn.pl.kē] hī[p.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . you[.kē] (non-conscious|x|stud[root]) picture , you[.kē] only picture be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
168The non-living images are your images, are they not?
143भारत में डबल फॉरेनर्स के भी चित्र हैं ना , जो पूजे जाते हैं ? bhārat mē̃ double foreigners kē|K bhī chitra haĩ nā , jō pūjē jātē haĩ ? bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] double foreigner kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā , jō[pn.;d.] pūjnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|pūjnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive] ? Bharat in double foreigner (of|K) too picture be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ , that (x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive]) ?
169In Bharat, there are also the images of the double foreigners that are worshipped, are there not?
144दिलवाला मन्दिर में तो अपना चित्र देखा है ना ! dilvālā mandir mē̃ tō apnā chitra dēkhā hai nā ! dilvālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mandir[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā ! the one with a heart temple in then (one’s own|adopt[root]) picture see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ !
170You have seen your images in the Dilwala Temple, have you not?
145बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .
171Very good.
146जब आपके जड़चित्र रहमदिल हैं , कोई भी चित्र के आगे जाते हैं तो क्या मांगते हैं ? jab āpkē jaṛacitra merciful haĩ , kōī bhī chitra kē āgē jātē haĩ tō kyā māṅgtē haĩ ? jab āp[pn.pl.kē] x merciful hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kōī bhī[x] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē āgē[x] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō kyā mā̃gnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? when you[.kē] x merciful be[pres.pl.12hon3] , anyone picture in front of go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then what ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
172Since your non- living images are merciful, what do you say when you go in front of any of those images?
147दया करो , कृपा करो , रहम करो , मर्सी , मर्सी … | तो सदा पहले अपने ऊपर रहम करो , फिर ब्राह्मण परिवार के ऊपर रहम करो , अगर कोई परवश है , संस्कार के वश है , कमज़ोर है , उस समय बेसमझ हो जाता है , तो क्रोध नहीं करो . dayā karō , kr̥ipā karō , rahm karō , mercy , mercy … | tō sadā pahlē apnē ūpar rahm karō , phir brāhmaṇ parivār kē ūpar rahm karō , agar kōī parvaśh hai , saṅskār kē|K vaśh hai , kamzōr hai , us samay bēsamajh hō jātā hai , tō krōdh nahī̃ karō . dayā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kr̥ipā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , mercy , mercy … | tō sadā pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ūpar rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē ūpar[x] rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , agar kōī[pn.;d.] parvaśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vaśh[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kamjōr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bēsamajh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , tō krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . mercy do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , mercy do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , mercy do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x , x … | then constantly (x|firstly) one’s own over mercy do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (then|turn[root]) Brahmin family over mercy do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , if some under an influence be[pres.sg.23] , sanskar (of|K) control be[pres.sg.23] , weak be[pres.sg.23] , that time senseless be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , then anger not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
173Have mercy! 174Be compassionate! 175Have mercy! 176Mercy! 177Mercy! 178So, always first have mercy for yourself. 179Then have mercy for the Brahmin family. 180If some are under an influence of their sanskars, if they are weak, they become senseless at that time. 181So, do not become angry.
148क्रोध की रिपोर्ट ज्यादा आती है . krōdh kī|key report jyādā ātī hai . krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key report jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . anger (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) report more come[pres.sg.f.23] .
182BapDada receives a greater number of reports about anger.
149क्रोध नहीं तो उसके बाल बच्चों से बहुत प्यार है . krōdh nahī̃ tō uskē bāl bachchō̃ sē bahut pyār hai . krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃ tō[x] uskā[pn.sg.kē] bāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . anger otherwise of that[.kē] x child from very love be[pres.sg.23] .
183If not anger, then you have a lot of love for its children.
150रोब , रोब क्रोध का बच्चा है . rōb , rōb krōdh kā bachchā hai . rōb[n.m.;sg.,d.] , rōb[n.m.;sg.,d.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . bossiness , bossiness anger of child be[pres.sg.23] .
184Bossiness is a child of anger.
151तो जैसे परिवार में होता है ना , बड़े बच्चों से प्यार कम हो जाता है और पोत्रे धोत्रों से प्यार ज्यादा होता है . tō jaisē parivār mē̃ hōtā hai nā , baṛē bachchō̃ sē pyār kam hō jātā hai aur pōtrē dhōtrō̃ sē pyār jyādā hōtā hai . tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā , baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kam hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] aur pōtrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dhōtrā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then like family in be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ , very child from love decrease and grandson grandchildren from love more be[pres.sg.m.23] . 152तो क्रोध बाप है और रोब और उल्टा नशा , नशे भी भिन्नभिन्न होते हैं , बुद्धि का नशा , ड्युटी का नशा , सेवा के कोई विशेष कर्तव्य का नशा , यह रोब होता है . tō krōdh bāp hai aur rōb aur ulṭā naśhā , naśhē bhī bhinnbhinn hōtē haĩ , buddhi kā naśhā , duty kā naśhā , sēvā kē|K kōī viśhēṣh kartavya kā naśhā , yah rōb hōtā hai . tō krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur rōb[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur ulṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] bhinn[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , buddhi[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , duty kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kōī[pn.;d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] kartavya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] rōb[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then anger father be[pres.sg.23] and bossiness and upside down intoxication , intoxication too different be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , intellect of intoxication , duty of intoxication , service (of|K) some special activity of intoxication , this bossiness be[pres.sg.m.23] .
185Therefore, just as in a family, love for the old children decreases and there is greater love for the grandchildren, so, too, anger is the father and bossiness and wrong intoxication - there is a variety of intoxication: intoxication of your intellect, intoxication of your duty, intoxication of a special task of service you carried out. 186All of that is bossiness.
153तो दयालु बनो , कृपालु बनो . tō dayālu banō , kr̥ipālu banō . tō dayālū[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kr̥ipālu[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then compassionate become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , merciful become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
187So be merciful, be compassionate.
154देखो , नये वर्ष में एक दो का मुख मीठा भी करते हैं , बधाई देंगे , तो मुख मीठा भी कराते हैं ना ! dēkhō , nayē varṣh mē̃ ēk dō kā mukh mīṭhā bhī kartē haĩ , badhāī dēgē , tō mukh mīṭhā bhī karātē haĩ nā ! dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , tō mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] karānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā ! see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , new year in one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) of mouth sweet too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , greetings give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , then mouth sweet too make commit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ !
188Look, in the New Year, you also sweeten one another's mouth: you give greetings and you sweeten their mouths, do you not?
155तो सारा वर्ष कडुवापन नहीं दिखाना . tō sārā varṣh kaḍuvāpan nahī̃ dikhānā . tō sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaṛuvāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then the whole year bitterness not x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
189So, throughout the whole year, do not show any bitterness.
156वह मुख मीठा करते आप सिर्फ मुख मीठा नहीं कराते लेकिन आपका मुखड़ा भी मीठा हो . vah mukh mīṭhā kartē āp sirph mukh mīṭhā nahī̃ karātē lēkin āpkā mukhṛā bhī mīṭhā hō . vah[pn.sg.d.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] āp[pn.pl.] sirph[adj.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kā] mukhṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . that mouth sweet do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] you only mouth sweet not make commit[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] but you[.kā] face too sweet (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
190Those people sweeten the mouths; you mustn't just sweeten the mouths, but your face should also become sweet.
157सदा अपना मुखड़ा रूहानियत के स्नेह का हो , मुस्कराने का हो . sadā apnā mukhṛā rūhāniyat kē|K snēh kā hō , muskarānē kā hō . sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] mukhṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rūḥānīyat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , muskarānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . constantly (one’s own|adopt[root]) face x (of|K) love of (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , smile[inf.m.pl.,o.] of (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
191Your face should always be filled with the love of spirituality, and always smiling.
158कडुवापन नहीं . kaḍuvāpan nahī̃ . kaṛuvāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] . bitterness not .
192No bitterness.
159मैजारिटी जब बापदादा से रूहरिहान करते हैं ना तो अपनी सच्ची बात सुना देते हैं और तो कोई सुनता ही नहीं है . majority jab bāpdādā sē rūhrihān kartē haĩ nā tō apnī sachchī bāt sunā dētē haĩ aur tō kōī suntā hī nahī̃ hai . majority jab bāpdādā sē[postp.] rūhrihān[x] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā tō apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] aur tō kōī[pn.;d.] sunnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . majority when BapDada from spiritual conversation do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ then one’s own true matter speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] and then some listen[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only not be[pres.sg.23] .
193When the majority of you have a heart-to-heart conversation with BapDada, you tell Baba honestly about yourself, because no one else listens anyway.
160तो मैजारिटी की रिजल्ट में और विकारों से क्रोध या क्रोध के बाल बच्चे की रिपोर्ट ज्यादा है . tō majority kī|key result mē̃ aur vikārō̃ sē krōdh yā krōdh kē|K bāl bachchē kī|key report jyādā hai . tō majority kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key result mē̃[postp.] aur vikār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key report jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then majority (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) result in and vice from anger or anger (of|K) x child (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) report more be[pres.sg.23] .
194So, in the result of the majority, there is a greater report of anger and the children of anger.
161तो बापदादा इस नये वर्ष में इस कडुवाइस को निकालने चाहते हैं . tō bāpdādā is nayē varṣh mē̃ is kaḍuvāis kō nikālnē chāhtē haĩ . tō bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.o.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] x kō[postp.] nikālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then BapDada this new year in this x to x[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
195So, in this New Year, BapDada wants you to remove this bitterness.
162कईयों ने अपना वायदा भी लिखा है कि चाहते नहीं हैं लेकिन आ जाता है . kaīyō̃ nē apnā vāydā bhī likhā hai ki chāhtē nahī̃ haĩ lēkin ā jātā hai . kaī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] likhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . some ∅ (one’s own|adopt[root]) promise too write[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] but come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
196Many of you have written your promises, saying that you don't want it to, but it comes.
163तो बापदादा ने कारण सुनाया कि दृढ़ता की कमी है . tō bāpdādā nē kāraṇ sunāyā ki dr̥iṛhtā kī|key kamī hai . tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then BapDada ∅ because speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] that determination (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x be[pres.sg.23] .
197So, BapDada told you the reason, that it is a lack of determination.
164बाप के आगे संकल्प द्वारा वचन भी लेते हैं , लेकिन दृढ़ता ऐसी शक्ति है जो दुनिया वाले भी कहते हैं शरीर चला जाए लेकिन वचन नहीं जाए . bāp kē āgē saṅkalp dvārā vachan bhī lētē haĩ , lēkin dr̥iṛhtā aisī śhakti hai jō duniyā vālē bhī kahtē haĩ śharīr chalā jāē lēkin vachan nahī̃ jāē . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē āgē[x] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā vachan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , lēkin dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[opt.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|chalānā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā]|chalnā[opt.sg.23.passive] lēkin vachan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[opt.sg.23] . father in front of thought through word too take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , but determination such Shakti be[pres.sg.23] that world those who too say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] body (continue[opt.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|x[opt.sg.23.root+jānā]|continue[opt.sg.23.passive]) but word not (go[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[opt.sg.23]) .
198You even make a promise in front of BapDada in your thoughts, but determination is such a power that even people of the world say about it, "Even if you have to leave your body, your promise must not be broken."
165मरना पड़े , झुकना पड़े , बदलना पड़े , सहन करना पड़े , लेकिन वचन में दृढ़ रहने वाला हर कदम में सफलतामूर्त है क्योंकि दृढ़ता सफलता की चाबी है . marnā paṛē , jhuknā paṛē , badalnā paṛē , sahan karnā paṛē , lēkin vachan mē̃ dr̥iṛh rahnē vālā har|her kadam mē̃ saphaltāmūrt hai kyōṅki dr̥iṛhtā saphaltā kī|key chābī hai . marnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , jhuknā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , badalnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , sahan[adj.] karnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , lēkin vachan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] harnā[root]|har|her kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] saphaltāmūrt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . die[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , x[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , change[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , tolerance do[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , but word in determined remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (x[root]|x) step in embodiment of success be[pres.sg.23] because determination success (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) key be[pres.sg.23] .
199You may have to die, bow down, transform yourself, tolerate, but only those who remain firm in their promise are successful at every step, because determination is the key to success.
166चाबी है सभी के पास , लेकिन समय पर गुम हो जाती है . chābī hai sabhī kē pās , lēkin samay par gum hō jātī hai . chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sab[adv.hī] kē pās[x] , lēkin samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] gum[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . key be[pres.sg.23] all to , but time (at|other) disappeared be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
200All of you have the key, but you lose it when it is needed.
167तो क्या विचार है ? tō kyā vichār hai ? tō kyā vichār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then what x be[pres.sg.23] ?
201So, what are your thoughts?
168नया वर्ष नवीनता करनी ही है - स्व के , सहयोगियों के और विश्व के परिवर्तन की . nayā varṣh navīntā karnī hī hai - sva kē|K , sahyōgiyō̃ kē|K aur viśhva kē|K parivartan kī|key . nayā varṣh[x] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.f.]|karnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - sva kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K , sahyōgī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K aur viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key . New Year newness (do[inf.f.]|x) only be[pres.sg.23] - x (of|K) , co-operative (of|K) and world (of|K) transformation (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) .
202In the New Year, you definitely have to bring about newness - in yourself, in those who are co-operative with you and in world transformation.
169पीछे वाले सुन रहे हैं ? pīchhē vālē sun rahē haĩ ? pīchhē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ? x those who listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ?
203Are those who are sitting at the back listening?
170तो करना है ना , यह नहीं सोचना पहले तो बड़े करेंगे ना , हम तो छोटे हैं ना . tō karnā hai nā , yah nahī̃ sōchnā pahlē tō baṛē karē̃gē nā , ham tō chhōṭē haĩ nā . tō karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā , yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] tō baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā , ham[pn.pl.] tō chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . then do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ , this not think[inf.m.sg.d.] (x|firstly) then very do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ , we then small be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
204So, you are going to do this, are you not? 205Do not think, "The seniors will do it first; we are only little ones."
171छोटे समान बाप . chhōṭē samān bāp . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samān[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] . small equal father .
206Little ones are equal to the Father.
172हर एक बच्चा बाप के अधिकारी है , चाहे पहले बारी भी आये हो लेकिन मेरा बाबा कहा तो अधिकारी है . har ēk bachchā bāp kē|K adhikārī hai , chāhē pahlē bārī bhī āyē hō lēkin mērā bābā kahā tō adhikārī hai . har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] lēkin maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . each one child father (of|K) (one) who has a right be[pres.sg.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) (x|firstly) x too come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] but I[.kā] Baba say[past-part.m.sg.d.] then (one) who has a right be[pres.sg.23] .
207Each child has a right to the Father. 208Even if you have come here for the first time, when you have said, "My Baba", you have a right.
173श्रीमत पर चलने के भी अधिकारी और सर्व प्राप्तियों के भी अधिकारी . śhrīmat par chalnē kē|K bhī adhikārī aur sarv prāptiyō̃ kē|K bhī adhikārī . śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sarv[adj.] prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] . shrimat (at|other) continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) too (one) who has a right and all attainment (of|K) too (one) who has a right .
209You have a right to follow shrimat and you also have a right to all attainments.
174टीचर्स आपस में प्रोग्राम बनाना , फारेन वाले भी बनाना , भारत वाले भी मिलकर बनाना . teachers āpas mē̃ programme banānā , foreign vālē bhī banānā , bhārat vālē bhī milkar banānā . teacher āpas mē̃[x] programme banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , foreign vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] milnā[abs.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . teacher with each other programme create[inf.m.sg.d.] , abroad those who too create[inf.m.sg.d.] , Bharat those who too receive[abs.] create[inf.m.sg.d.] .
210Teachers, make a programme among yourselves! 211Those from abroad and also those in Bharat, make a programme!
175बापदादा प्राइज देंगे , कौन सा जोन , चाहे फॉरेन हो चाहे इण्डिया हो , कौन सा जोन नम्बरवन लेता है , उसको गोल्डन कप देंगे . bāpdādā prize dēgē , kaun sā zone , chāhē foreign hō chāhē india hō , kaun sā zone number one lētā hai , uskō golden cup dēgē . bāpdādā prize dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , kaun sā[x] zone , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] foreign hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] India hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , kaun sā[x] zone number one lēnā[pres.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.kō] golden cup dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . BapDada prize give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , which zone , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) abroad (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) India (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , which zone number one take[pres.sg.m.23] , that[.kō] golden cup give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
212BapDada will give you a prize. 213Which zone - whether it is in India or abroad - will claim number one? 214They will be given a golden cup.
176सिर्फ अपने को नहीं बनाना , साथियों को भी बनाना क्योंकि बापदादा ने देखा कि बच्चों के परिवर्तन बिना विश्व का परिवर्तन भी ढीला हो रहा है . sirph apnē kō nahī̃ banānā , sāthiyō̃ kō bhī banānā kyōṅki bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki bachchō̃ kē|K parivartan binā viśhva kā parivartan bhī ḍhīlā hō rahā hai . sirph[adj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] binā viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . only one’s own to not create[inf.m.sg.d.] , companion to too create[inf.m.sg.d.] because BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that child (of|K) transformation without world of transformation too x be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
215Do not just make yourself this, also make your companions this because BapDada has seen that without the transformation of the children, the transformation of the world is taking place slowly.
177और आत्मायें नये-नये प्रकार के दुःख के पात्र बन रही हैं . aur ātmāyē̃ nayē-nayē prakār kē|K duḥkh kē|K pātr ban rahī haĩ . aur ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pātr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] . and soul new form (of|K) (sorrow|hurt[root]) (of|K) worthy of receiving become[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] .
216And souls are receiving new types of sorrow.
178दुःख अशान्ति के नये नये कारण बन रहे हैं . duḥkh aśhānti kē|K nayē nayē kāraṇ ban rahē haĩ . duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] aśhānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . (sorrow|hurt[root]) peacelessness (of|K) new new because become[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
217There are new reasons why sorrow and peacelessness are growing.
179तो बाप अभी बच्चों के दुःख की पुकार सुनते हुए परिवर्तन चाहते हैं . tō bāp abhī bachchō̃ kē|K duḥkh kī|key pukār suntē huē parivartan chāhtē haĩ . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key pukārnā[root]|pukār[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then father now child (of|K) (sorrow|hurt[root]) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (call[root]|call) listen[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] transformation x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
218So, now, on hearing the cries of sorrow of the children, the Father wants to see transformation.
180तो हे मास्टर सुखदाता बच्चे , दुःखियों पर रहम करो . tō hē master sukhdātā bachchē , duḥkhiyō̃ par rahm karō . tō hē master sukhdātā[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , duḥkhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then x master Bestower of Happiness child , unhappy (at|other) mercy do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
219So, O master bestowers of happiness, have mercy for those who are experiencing sorrow!
181भक्त भी भक्ति कर करके थक गये हैं . bhakta bhī bhakti kar karkē thak gayē haĩ . bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bhakti[n.f.;sg.] karnā[root] karnā[abs.] thaknā, phathaknā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . devotee too devotion do[root] do[abs.] become desperate[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
220Devotees too have become tired of performing devotion.
182भक्तों को भी मुक्ति का वर्सा दिलाओ . bhaktō̃ kō bhī mukti kā varsā dilāō . bhakt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . devotee to too liberation of inheritance x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
221Enable the devotees to receive their inheritance of liberation.
183रहम आता है कि नहीं ? rahm ātā hai ki nahī̃ ? rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] nahī̃[neg] ? mercy come[pres.sg.m.23] that not ?
222Do you feel mercy or not?
184अपनी ही सेवा में , अपनी ही दिनचर्या में बिजी हैं ? apnī hī sēvā mē̃ , apnī hī dincharyā mē̃ busy haĩ ? apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] hī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] hī[p.] dincharyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] busy hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? one’s own only service in , one’s own only timetable in busy be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
223Are you busy in your own service and in your own timetable?
185निमित्त हो , ऐसे नहीं बड़े निमित्त हैं , एक एक बच्चा जिसने मेरा बाबा कहा है , माना है वह सब निमित्त हैं . nimitt hō , aisē nahī̃ baṛē nimitt haĩ , ēk ēk bachchā jisnē mērā bābā kahā hai , mānā hai vah sab nimitt haĩ . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , aisē nahī̃[x] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jō[pn.sg.nē] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , mānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . instrument (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , it isn't that very instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] , one one child that[.nē] I[.kā] Baba say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that all instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
224You are also instruments. 225It is not that only the seniors are instruments. 226Each child who has said, "My Baba" and accepted this is an instrument.
186तो नये वर्ष में एक दो को गिफ्ट भी देते हैं ना . tō nayē varṣh mē̃ ēk dō kō gift bhī dētē haĩ nā . tō nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] gift bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . then new year in one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to gift too give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
227So, in the New Year, you also give one another a gift, do you not?
187तो आप भक्तों की आश पूरी करो उसको गिफ्ट दिलाओ . tō āp bhaktō̃ kī|key āśh pūrī karō uskō gift dilāō . tō āp[pn.pl.] bhakt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] pūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|pūrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.kō] gift dilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then you devotee (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) desire (puri|full) do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that[.kō] gift x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
228So, you now have to fulfil the hopes of the devotees and enable them to receive a gift.
188दुःखियों को दुःख से छुड़ाओ , मुक्तिधाम में शान्ति दिलाओ - यह गिफ्ट दो . duḥkhiyō̃ kō duḥkh sē chhuṛāō , muktidhām mē̃ śhānti dilāō - yah gift dō . duḥkhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] sē[postp.] chhuṛānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , muktidhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] śhānti dilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - yah[pn.sg.d.] gift dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . unhappy to (sorrow|hurt[root]) from free[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , land of liberation in peace x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - this gift (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .
229Liberate those who are experiencing sorrow from their sorrow. 230Give them the peace of the land of peace. 231Give them this gift.
189ब्राह्मण परिवार में हर आत्मा को दिल के स्नेह और सहयोग की गिफ्ट दो . brāhmaṇ parivār mē̃ har|her ātmā kō dil kē|K snēh aur sahyōg kī|key gift dō . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key gift dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . Brahmin family in (x[root]|x) soul to heart (of|K) love and cooperation (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) gift (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .
232In the Brahmin family, give every soul the gift of love and co- operation from your heart.
190आपके पास गिफ्ट का स्टॉक है ? āpkē pās|pass gift kā stock hai ? āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass gift kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] stock hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? you[.kē] (x|pass) gift of stock be[pres.sg.23] ?
233Do you have a stock of this gift?
191स्नेह है ? snēh hai ? snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? love be[pres.sg.23] ? 192सहयोग है ? sahyōg hai ? sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? cooperation be[pres.sg.23] ?
234Do you have love, co-operation?
193मुक्ति दिलाने की शक्ति है ? mukti dilānē kī|key śhakti hai ? mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? liberation x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) Shakti be[pres.sg.23] ?
235Do you have the power to enable them to receive liberation?
194जिसके पास स्टॉक बहुत है , वह हाथ उठाओ . jiskē pās|pass stock bahut hai , vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.sg.kē] pās|pass stock bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.kē] (x|pass) stock very be[pres.sg.23] , that raise your hands .
236Those who have a lot of stock, raise your hand!
195है स्टॉक . hai stock . hōnā[pres.sg.23] stock . be[pres.sg.23] stock .
237Do you have such a stock?
196स्टॉक कम है ? stock kam|cum hai ? stock kam[adj.]|cum hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? stock (less|x) be[pres.sg.23] ?
238Do you only have a little stock?
197पहली लाइन वालों के पास स्टॉक कम है क्या ? pahlī line vālō̃ kē pās stock kam|cum hai kyā ? pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] line vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē pās[x] stock kam[adj.]|cum hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā ? x line those who to stock (less|x) be[pres.sg.23] what ?
239Those who are sitting in the first row, do you have a little stock?
198यह बृजमोहन हाथ नहीं उठा रहा है . yah br̥ijmōhan hāth nahī̃ uṭhā rahā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] br̥ijmōhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|uṭhānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . this Brij Mohan hand not (wake up[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|uplift[pres.sg.m.prog.23]) .
240Brijmohan is not raising his hand.
199स्टॉक तो है ना , स्टॉक है ? stock tō hai nā , stock hai ? stock tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , stock hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? stock then be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , stock be[pres.sg.23] ?
241You have this stock, do you not? 242Do you have this stock?
200सभी ने उठाया ? sabhī nē uṭhāyā ? sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? all ∅ uplift[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
243Did all of you raise your hands?
201स्टॉक है ? stock hai ? stock hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? stock be[pres.sg.23] ?
244Do you have this stock?
202तो स्टॉक रखके क्या कर रहे हो ? tō stock rakhkē kyā kar rahē hō ? tō stock rakhnā[abs.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ? then stock keep[abs.] what do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ?
245So, what are you doing with this stock?
203जमा करके रखा है ! jamā karkē rakhā hai ! jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] karnā[abs.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ! (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) do[abs.] keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] !
246Have you simply accumulated it?
204टीचर्स स्टॉक है ना ? teachers stock hai nā ? teacher stock hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? teacher stock be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
247Teachers, you have the stock, do you not?
205तो दो ना , फ्राकदिल बनो . tō dō nā , phrākdil banō . tō dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] nā , phrākdil[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) ∅ , generous hearted become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
248So, give it! 249Be generous-hearted!
206मधुबन वाले क्या करेंगे ? madhuban vālē kyā karē̃gē ? madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? Madhuban those who what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
250What will those from Madhuban do?
207है स्टॉक , मधुबन में है ? hai stock , madhuban mē̃ hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] stock , madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? be[pres.sg.23] stock , Madhuban in be[pres.sg.23] ?
251Do you have the stock in Madhuban?
208मधुबन में तो चारों ओर स्टॉक भरा हुआ है . madhuban mē̃ tō chārō̃ ōr stock bharā huā hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō chārō̃ ōr[x] stock bharnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|bharānā[root] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . Madhuban in then everywhere stock (fill[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
252Everywhere in Madhuban is full of stock.
209तो अभी दाता बनो , जमा नहीं करो सिर्फ . tō abhī dātā banō , jamā nahī̃ karō sirph . tō ab[adv.hī] dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sirph[adj.] . then now bestower become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] only .
253So, now become bestowers. 254Do not just accumulate.
210दाता बनो , देते जाओ . dātā banō , dētē jāō . dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] . bestower become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] .
255Become bestowers and continue to give.
211ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .
256Is that OK?
212अच्छा - बापदादा देखेंगे , हर सप्ताह , हर जोन , अपनी रिजल्ट ओ . के . या ओ . के . में लाइन लगाकर भेजे . achchhā - bāpdādā dēkhē̃gē , har|her saptāh , har|her zone , apnī result ō . kē|K . yā ō . kē|K . mē̃ line lagākar bhējē . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - bāpdādā dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , harnā[root]|har|her saptāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , harnā[root]|har|her zone , apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] result O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . yā O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . mē̃[postp.] line lagānā[abs.] bhējnā[opt.sg.23]|bhējnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . achcha - BapDada see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , (x[root]|x) week , (x[root]|x) zone , one’s own result x . (of|K) . or x . (of|K) . in line attach[abs.] (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
257Achcha. 258BapDada will see that every week, every zone should send their result saying "OK".
213अगर नहीं हैं ओ . के . तो , और कुछ नहीं लिखना , पत्र कोई नहीं पढ़ेगा . agar nahī̃ haĩ ō . kē|K . tō , aur kuchh nahī̃ likhnā , patra kōī nahī̃ paṛhēgā . agar nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . tō , aur kuchh[x] nahī̃[neg] likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] paṛhnā[fut.m.sg.23] . if not be[pres.pl.12hon3] x . (of|K) . then , x not write[inf.m.sg.d.] , x some not study[fut.m.sg.23] .
259Or if you are not OK, put a line through OK; don't write anything else. 260No one will read your letters.
214बहुत लम्बे पत्र भेजते हैं तो पढ़ने की फुर्सत नहीं होती है इसलिए सिर्फ ओ . के . लिखें और ओ . के . नहीं हैं , तो बीच में लाइन लगा दें , बस . bahut lambē patra bhējtē haĩ tō paṛhnē kī|key phursat nahī̃ hōtī hai isliē sirph ō . kē|K . likhē̃ aur ō . kē|K . nahī̃ haĩ , tō bīch mē̃ line lagā dē̃ , bas . bahut lambā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhējnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō paṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key phursat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] isliē sirph[adj.] O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . likhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] aur O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , tō bīch mē̃[postp.] line lagānā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] , basnā[root]|bas . very x x x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then study[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) time not be[pres.sg.f.23] therefore only x . (of|K) . write[opt.pl.12hon3] and x . (of|K) . not be[pres.pl.12hon3] , then centre in line attach[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] , (x[root]|simply) .
261You all write very long letters and therefore you (Dadi Janki) don't have time to read them. 262So, just write OK or otherwise, that you are not OK; put a line through OK.
215उसी से पता पड़ जायेगा कि अभी मार्जिन है . usī sē patā paṛ jāyēgā ki abhī margin hai . vah[pn.sg.hī] sē[postp.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] margin hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that[.hī] from knowledge fall[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] that now x be[pres.sg.23] .
263That is all. 264From that, Dadi will know that there is still a margin.
216जोन नहीं तो हर एक सेन्टर लिखे , सभी सेवा में , भक्तों की , दुःखियों की , ब्राह्मणों की आपसी , तीनों सेवा में ओ . के . या लाइन . zone nahī̃ tō har ēk centre likhē , sabhī sēvā mē̃ , bhaktō̃ kī|key , duḥkhiyō̃ kī|key , brāhmaṇō̃ kī|key āpsī , tīnō̃ sēvā mē̃ ō . kē|K . yā line . zone nahī̃ tō[x] har ēk[x] centre likhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|likhnā[opt.sg.23] , sab[adv.hī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , bhakt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key , duḥkhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key , brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key āpsī[adj.] , tīnō̃[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . yā line . zone otherwise each one centre (write[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|write[opt.sg.23]) , all service in , devotee (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) , unhappy (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) , Brahmin (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) with one another , all three service in x . (of|K) . or line .
265If not the zone, then every centre should write this. 266In all types of service - of the devotees, of those experiencing sorrow and of Brahmins - either OK or there is a line through OK (OK) in all three types of service.
217परिवर्तन शक्ति , दृढ़ता की शक्ति अच्छी तरह से यूज करना . parivartan śhakti , dr̥iṛhtā kī śhakti achchhī tarah sē use karnā . parivartan śhakti[x] , dr̥iṛhtā kī śhakti[x] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] use karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x , power of determination achcha x from use do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
267Use the power of transformation and the power of determination very well.
218अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
268Achcha.
219सेवा का टर्न , दिल्ली , आगरा का है : अच्छा है , देखो स्थापना के कार्य में निमित्त पहले दिल्ली बनी , बाम्बे भी साथ में थोड़ा-थोड़ा बनी , लेकिन दिल्ली स्थापना के कार्य में निमित्त बनी तो स्थापना वाले गोल्डन कप लेने में भी निमित्त बनेंगे ? sēvā kā turn , dillī , āgrā kā hai : achchhā hai , dēkhō sthāpanā kē|K kārya mē̃ nimitt pahlē dillī banī , bāmbē bhī sāth mē̃ thōṛā-thōṛā banī , lēkin dillī sthāpanā kē|K kārya mē̃ nimitt banī tō sthāpanā vālē golden cup lēnē mē̃ bhī nimitt banē̃gē ? sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum , dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , āgrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bannā[past-part.f.] , bāmbē bhī[p.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[past-part.f.] , lēkin dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.f.] tō sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] golden cup lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? service of you , Delhi , Agra of be[pres.sg.23] : achcha be[pres.sg.23] , see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] establishment (of|K) task in instrument (x|firstly) Delhi become[past-part.f.] , Bombay too with in short become[past-part.f.] , but Delhi establishment (of|K) task in instrument become[past-part.f.] then establishment those who golden cup take[inf.m.pl.,o.] in too instrument become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
269This time, it is the turn of Delhi and Agra for serving. 270It is good. 271Look, in the beginning of establishment it was Delhi that was first instrumental. 272Bombay was also that a little at the beginning. 273However, Delhi was the instrument at the time of establishment, and so will those who were the instruments for establishment become instruments to claim the golden cup?
220बनेंगे ? banē̃gē ? bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
274Will you become this?
221इस बारी बापदादा गोल्डन कप बनवा रहे हैं , कितने लेते हैं वह देखेंगे . is bārī bāpdādā golden cup banvā rahē haĩ , kitnē lētē haĩ vah dēkhē̃gē . yah[pn.sg.o.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāpdādā golden cup banvānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . this x BapDada golden cup create[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , so take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
275This time, 276BapDada is having golden cups made. 277We shall see how many claim it.
222लेकिन दिल्ली को नम्बरवन जाना ही है , ऐसे है ना ! lēkin dillī kō number one jānā hī hai , aisē hai nā ! lēkin dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] number one jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! but Delhi to number one (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) only be[pres.sg.23] , such be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
278However, Delhi definitely has to go to number one. 279It is like that, is it not?
223जायेंगे नहीं , जाना ही है राइट बोल रहे हैं तो हाथ उठाओ . jāyēṅgē nahī̃ , jānā hī hai right bōl rahē haĩ tō hāth uṭhāō . jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nahī̃[neg] , jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] right bōlnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] tō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] not , (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) only be[pres.sg.23] right speak[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] then raise your hands .
280Not that you will claim it, but that you are definitely going to claim it. 281If what Baba is saying it true, then raise your hands!
224जाना ही है कि देखेंगे , सोचेंगे , गे गे वाले तो नहीं हैं ? jānā hī hai ki dēkhē̃gē , sōchē̃gē , gē gē vālē tō nahī̃ haĩ ? jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , sōchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , gē gē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) only be[pres.sg.23] that see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , think[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , some time some time those who then not be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
282You definitely do have to claim it. 283Or, is it that you think, "We shall see about it, we will think about it"? 284It is not like that, is it?
225बहादुर हैं . bahādur haĩ . bahādur[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
285You are courageous.
226देखो , बापदादा और आपकी मम्मा ने डायरेक्ट दिल्ली और बाम्बे की पालना की है . dēkhō , bāpdādā aur āpkī mama nē direct dillī aur bāmbē kī|key pālnā kī hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bāpdādā aur āp[pn.pl.kī] mama[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] direct dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur bāmbē kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , BapDada and you[.kī] x ∅ direct Delhi and Bombay (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
286Look, BapDada and your Mama directly sustained Delhi and Bombay.
227और जगह गये हैं तो थोड़ा-थोड़ा लेकिन दिल्ली और बाम्बे में डायरेक्ट बापदादा , माँ ने पालना दी है . aur jagah gayē haĩ tō thōṛā-thōṛā lēkin dillī aur bāmbē mē̃ direct bāpdādā , mā̃ nē pālnā dī hai . aur jagah[n.f.;sg.] jānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] tō thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lēkin dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur bāmbē mē̃[postp.] direct bāpdādā , mā̃[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . and x go[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] then short but Delhi and Bombay in direct BapDada , mother ∅ (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
287They went to other places for only a short time, but BapDada and your Mama directly sustained Delhi and Bombay.
228तो दिल्ली वालों को नशा है ना ? tō dillī vālō̃ kō naśhā hai nā ? tō dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? then Delhi those who to intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
288So, those of you from Delhi have this intoxication, do you not?
229तो इसमें भी नम्बरवन , क्या नहीं हो सकता है ! tō ismē̃ bhī number one , kyā nahī̃ hō saktā hai ! tō yah[pn.sg.mē̃] bhī[p.] number one , kyā nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ! then this[.mē̃] too number one , what not be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] !
289So, in this too, claim number one. 290What can not be achieved?
230दृढ़ निश्चय , निश्चित विजयी बना देता है . dr̥iṛh niśhchay , niśhchit vijayī banā dētā hai . dr̥iṛh[adj.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] , niśhchit[adj.] vijayī[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . determined faith , fixed victorious (become[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]) .
291Determined faith guarantees your becoming victorious.
231दृढ़ता को यूज कम करते हो , देखेंगे , करेंगे , हो जायेगा , यह गे गे आ जाती है . dr̥iṛhtā kō use kam|cum kartē hō , dēkhē̃gē , karē̃gē , hō jāyēgā , yah gē gē ā jātī hai . dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] use kam[adj.]|cum karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , yah[pn.sg.d.] gē gē ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . determination to use (less|x) do[pres.pl.m.2] , see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , this some time some time come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
292You use determination very little - "We will see about it, we will do it, it will happen..." 293This language of leaving it to the future comes in between.
232अच्छा है , दिल्ली वालों को एक्जैम्पुल बनना चाहिए , जो एक्जैम्पुल बनता है उसको फाइनल एक्जाम में एक्स्ट्रा मार्क्स मिल जाती हैं . achchhā hai , dillī vālō̃ kō example bannā chāhiē , jō example bantā hai uskō final ēkjām mē̃ extra marks mil jātī haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] example bannā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|bannā[.oblig3] , jō[pn.;d.] example bannā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] final x mē̃[postp.] extra mark milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , Delhi those who to example (become[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|become[.oblig3]) , that example become[pres.sg.m.23] that[.kō] final x in extra mark receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] .
294It is good. 295Those from Delhi should become samples. 296Those who become samples receive extra marks in their final exams.
233तो मार्क्स लेने वाले हो ना . tō marks lēnē vālē hō nā . tō mark lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . then mark take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .
297So, you are those who will claim marks, are you not?
234हो ? hō ? hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
298Are you this?
235टीचर्स लेंगी ? teachers lē̃gī ? teacher lēnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ? teacher take[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ?
299Will teachers claim this?
236अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
300Achcha.
237अभी क्या पत्र आयेगा ? abhī kyā patra āyēgā ? ab[adv.hī] kyā patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] ? now what x come[fut.m.sg.23] ?
301What letters will now come?
238ओ . के . का या लाइन वाला ? ō . kē|K . kā yā line vālā ? O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yā line vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ? x . (of|K) . of or line those who ?
302Of OK or of 'OK'?
239लाइन वाला नहीं भेजना . line vālā nahī̃ bhējnā . line vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] bhējnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . line those who not x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
303Do not send those of 'OK'.
240ओ . के . भेजेंगे क्योंकि दिल्ली के ऊपर सबकी नज़र तो है ही . ō . kē|K . bhējē̃gē kyōṅki dillī kē ūpar sabkī nazar tō hai hī . O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . bhējnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē ūpar[x] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . x . (of|K) . x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] because Delhi over everyone's glance then be[pres.sg.23] only .
304You will send letters of OK because everyone's vision is on Delhi.
241सभी ब्राह्मणों को यही है कि दिल्ली में ही राज्य करना है . sabhī brāhmaṇō̃ kō yahī hai ki dillī mē̃ hī rājya karnā hai . sab[adv.hī] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] rājya karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . all Brahmin to this be[pres.sg.23] that Delhi in only x .
305All Brahmins are aware that they are only going to rule their kingdom in Delhi.
242तो आपको दिल्ली को तो पहले पूरा करना पड़ेगा ना . tō āpkō dillī kō tō pahlē pūrā karnā paṛēgā nā . tō āp[pn.pl.kō] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] pūrā karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] nā . then you[.kō] Delhi to then (x|firstly) make full ∅ .
306So, those of you from Delhi will first have to accomplish this, will you not?
243अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
307It is good.
244अच्छा और क्या दिल्ली वाले करेंगे ? achchhā aur kyā dillī vālē karē̃gē ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur kyā dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? achcha and what Delhi those who do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
308What else will those from Delhi do?
245कोई नया प्लैन बनाया है ? kōī nayā plan banāyā hai ? kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? some new plan create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
309Have you made any new plans?
246क्योंकि दिल्ली और बाम्बे दोनों आदि से अभी तक कोई न कोई नवीनता के निमित्त बनते आये हैं . kyōṅki dillī aur bāmbē dōnō̃ ādi sē abhī tak kōī na kōī navīntā kē nimitt bantē āyē haĩ . kyōṅki dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur bāmbē dōnō̃ ādi[adj.] sē[postp.] ab[adv.hī] tak kōī na kōī[x] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+ānā] . because Delhi and Bombay x etc. from now until one .. or another newness x become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+ānā] .
310From the beginning, Delhi and Bombay have always been instruments for one type of newness or another.
247तो अभी भी दिल्ली वाले शार्टकट और सफलता ज्यादा , ऐसा कोई प्लैन निकालो , जो सभी करके दिखावें , कर सकें . tō abhī bhī dillī vālē shortcut aur saphaltā jyādā , aisā kōī plan nikālō , jō sabhī karkē dikhāvē̃ , kar sakē̃ . tō ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] shortcut aur saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] plan nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jō[pn.;d.] sab[adv.hī] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , karnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . then now too Delhi those who short-cut and success more , such some plan x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that all do[abs.] x[opt.pl.12hon3] , do[opt.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] .
311So, even now, those from Delhi should make a plan for a short-cut and for greater success, which everyone can demonstrate and is able to do.
248शार्ट भी हो और सफलता मूर्त भी हो . short bhī hō aur saphaltā mūrt bhī hō . short bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . short too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and success image too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
312It should be short and you should also become embodiments of success in that.
249अच्छा आधी सभा तो दिल्ली लग रही है . achchhā ādhī sabhā tō dillī lag rahī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] tō dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . achcha half court then Delhi x[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
313Achcha. 314Half the gathering seems to be of those from Delhi.
250संख्या भी बहुत है . saṅkhyā bhī bahut hai . saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x too very be[pres.sg.23] .
315There is a very big number.
251तो गोल्डन कप लेने वाले हो ना . tō golden cup lēnē vālē hō nā . tō golden cup lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . then golden cup take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .
316So, you are those who will claim the golden cup, are you not?
252बापदादा नाम रख दे पहला नम्बर . bāpdādā nām rakh dē pahlā number . bāpdādā nām rakhnā[opt.sg.23.root+dēnā] pahlā number[x] . BapDada x x .
317Should BapDada give you the title 'Number one'?
253रखें ? rakhē̃ ? rakhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? keep[opt.pl.12hon3] ?
318Should BapDada give you this title?
254पीछे वाले , सहयोग सबको देना पड़ेगा . pīchhē vālē , sahyōg sabkō dēnā paṛēgā . pīchhē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabkō dēnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . x those who , cooperation everything give[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
319Those who are sitting at the back? 320Then, all of you will have to give your co-operation.
255पहले है स्व परिवर्तन , फिर है साथियों का परिवर्तन , साथी माना आपस में 4-5 नहीं , दिल्ली निवासी साथी , फिर है विश्व परिवर्तन , सहयोग देना . pahlē hai sva parivartan , phir hai sāthiyō̃ kā parivartan , sāthī mānā āpas mē̃ 4-5 nahī̃ , dillī nivāsī sāthī , phir hai viśhva parivartan , sahyōg dēnā . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sva parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|mānā āpas mē̃[x] 4-5 nahī̃[neg] , dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.23] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (x|firstly) be[pres.sg.23] x transformation , (then|turn[root]) be[pres.sg.23] companion of transformation , companion (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|means) with each other 4-5 not , Delhi resident companion , (then|turn[root]) be[pres.sg.23] world transformation , cooperation give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
321First is self-transformation and then is the transformation of your companions. 'Companions' does not mean just four or five, but all the residents of Delhi are companions. 322Then, there is world transformation. 323So, give your co-operation.
256तो अच्छा है . tō achchhā hai . tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
324So, it is good.
257एक दो को सहयोग देते हुए , दिल का स्नेह देते हुए बढ़ाते चलो , उड़ाते चलो . ēk dō kō sahyōg dētē huē , dil kā snēh dētē huē baṛhātē chalō , uṛātē chalō . ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] baṛhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , uṛānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to cooperation give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , heart of love give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] increase[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
325While giving your co-operation to one another, while giving co-operation from your heart, continue to make one another move forward and fly.
258अच्छा है , हिम्मत है दिल्ली में . achchhā hai , himmat hai dillī mē̃ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , courage be[pres.sg.23] Delhi in .
326It is good. 327Delhi has courage.
259हिम्मत है लेकिन संगठित रूप में हिम्मत प्रत्यक्ष करके दिखाओ . himmat hai lēkin saṅgaṭhit rūp mē̃ himmat pratyakṣha karkē dikhāō . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin saṅgaṭhit[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . courage be[pres.sg.23] but x Rup in courage visible do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
328You have courage, but now demonstrate by having courage in a collective way.
260सबकी नज़र दिल्ली के ऊपर जाती है . sabkī nazar dillī kē ūpar jātī hai . sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē ūpar[x] jānā[pres.sg.f.23] . everyone's glance Delhi over go[pres.sg.f.23] .
329Everyone's vision is drawn to Delhi.
261अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
330It is good.
262सेवा का शौक रखा है , इसकी मुबारक है . sēvā kā śhauk rakhā hai , iskī mubārak hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhauk[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , yah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . service of interest keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , this[.kī] congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
331You have had interest in doing service and so congratulations for that.
263अपने पुण्य का खाता जमा कर लिया है . apnē puṇya kā khātā jamā kar liyā hai . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puṇya kā khātā[x] jamā karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] . one’s own accounts of charity accumulate .
332You have accumulated in your account of charity.
264अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
333Achcha.
265सिन्धी ग्रुप : सिन्धी ग्रुप उठो . sindhī group : sindhī group uṭhō . sindhī[adj.] group : sindhī[adj.] group uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x group : x group wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
334Sindhi group: Sindhi group, stand up!
266आप लोगों को एक स्पेशल नशा है , है नशा ? āp lōgō̃ kō ēk special naśhā hai , hai naśhā ? āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] special naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , hōnā[pres.sg.23] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ? you people to one special intoxication be[pres.sg.23] , be[pres.sg.23] intoxication ?
335All of you have one special intoxication. 336Do you have this intoxication?
267अच्छा नशा , बुरा नहीं अच्छा नशा है कि बापदादा को भी सिन्ध में आना पड़ा , तो सिन्धियों का कुछ भाग्य है ना . achchhā naśhā , burā nahī̃ achchhā naśhā hai ki bāpdādā kō bhī sindh mē̃ ānā paṛā , tō sindhiyō̃ kā kuchh bhāgya hai nā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , burā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] sindh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..oblig2] , tō sindhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kuchh bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . achcha intoxication , bad not achcha intoxication be[pres.sg.23] that BapDada to too Sindh in come[past-part.m.sg.d..oblig2] , then x of anything x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
337Good intoxication. 338It is not bad. 339That BapDada also had to come to Sindh. 340So, Sindhis have some fortune, do they not?
268आदि रत्न , आदि स्थापना सिंध में हुई और यह ग्रुप बड़ा अच्छा बनाया है . ādi ratna , ādi sthāpanā sindh mē̃ huī aur yah group baṛā achchhā banāyā hai . ādi[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ādi[adj.] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] sindh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[past-part.f.] aur yah[pn.sg.d.] group baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . etc. jewel , etc. establishment Sindh in be[past-part.f.] and this group very achcha create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
341The original jewels. 342The original establishment was in Sindh. 343This is a good group that has been created.
269जैसे सोचा है , तो बापदादा ने देखा कि हर वर्ष संगठन रूप में अच्छा ग्रुप बनकर आता है . jaisē sōchā hai , tō bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki har|her varṣh saṅgaṭhan rūp mē̃ achchhā group bankar ātā hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sōchnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] harnā[root]|har|her varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group bannā[abs.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . like think[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , then BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that (x[root]|x) year gathering Rup in achcha group become[abs.] come[pres.sg.m.23] .
344Similarly, you have thought - and BapDada has seen - that every year, a good group comes here.
270विशेष एक दो को उमंग दिलाने वाले अच्छे हैं . viśhēṣh ēk dō kō umaṅg dilānē vālē achchhē haĩ . viśhēṣh[adj.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] dilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . special one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to zeal x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
345Those who especially encourage one another are good.
271अब आपका ग्रुप क्या करेगा ? ab āpkā group kyā karēgā ? ab[adv.] āp[pn.pl.kā] group kyā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? now you[.kā] group what do[fut.m.sg.23] ?
346Now, what will your group do?
272विशेष सिन्धी ग्रुप क्या करेगा ? viśhēṣh sindhī group kyā karēgā ? viśhēṣh[adj.] sindhī[adj.] group kyā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? special x group what do[fut.m.sg.23] ?
347What will the Sindhi group especially do?
273क्या करेंगे ? kyā karē̃gē ? kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
348What will you do?
274कोई कमाल करके दिखाओ ना . kōī kamāl karkē dikhāō nā . kōī[pn.;d.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nā . some x do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ∅ .
349Perform some wonder!
275सिन्धी सम्मेलन तो करते रहते हो . sindhī sammēlan tō kartē rahtē hō . sindhī[adj.] sammēlan[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] . x x then do[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
350You have been having Sindhi conferences.
276आपका ग्रुप अच्छा है . āpkā group achchhā hai . āp[pn.pl.kā] group achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you[.kā] group achcha be[pres.sg.23] . 277और इस ग्रुप का एक-एक विशेष कार्य अर्थ निमित्त बन सकता है क्योंकि मैजारिटी युगल , युगल हैं , अकेले कम हैं . aur is group kā ēk-ēk viśhēṣh kārya arth|earth nimitt ban saktā hai kyōṅki majority yugal , yugal haĩ , akēlē kam|cum haĩ . aur yah[pn.sg.o.] group kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] viśhēṣh[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] kyōṅki majority yugal[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yugal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , akēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kam[adj.]|cum hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . and this group of one special task (meaning|earth) instrument become[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] because majority partner , partner be[pres.pl.12hon3] , alone (less|x) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
351Your group is a good one, and each one of this group can become an instrument for a special task because the majority are couples; there are very few who are single in this.
278तो जहाँ युगल युगल आते हैं , एकमत हैं , वह सेवा बहुत अच्छी कर सकते हैं . tō jahā̃ yugal yugal ātē haĩ , ēkmat haĩ , vah sēvā bahut achchhī kar saktē haĩ . tō jahā̃ yugal[n.m.;sg.,d.] yugal[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ēkmat[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . then where there partner partner come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , one direction be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that service very achcha do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
352So, where the couples come, they are united and they can do very good service.
279एक्जैम्पुल हैं ना . example haĩ nā . example hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . example be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
353You are samples, are you not?
280आप लोगों ने छोड़ा नहीं है , परिवार में रहते हैं , एकमत होके चलते हैं तो आपके थोड़े से बोल भी सेवा कर सकते हैं . āp lōgō̃ nē chhōṛā nahī̃ hai , parivār mē̃ rahtē haĩ , ēkmat hōkē chaltē haĩ tō āpkē thōṛē sē bōl bhī sēvā kar saktē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] chhōṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ēkmat[adj.] hōnā[abs.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō āp[pn.pl.kē] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . you people ∅ renounce[past-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] , family in remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , one direction be[abs.] continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then you[.kē] short from (speak[root]|x) too service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
354None of you have left anything; you are still staying with the family and are moving along united. 355Therefore, even your few words can do service.
281अभी अपना ग्रुप थोड़ा बढ़ाओ . abhī apnā group thōṛā baṛhāō . ab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] group thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now (one’s own|adopt[root]) group short increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
356Now, make your group a little larger.
282अभी छोटा भी नहीं है , बीच का है , अभी थोड़ा और बढ़ाओ . abhī chhōṭā bhī nahī̃ hai , bīch kā hai , abhī thōṛā aur baṛhāō . ab[adv.hī] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bīch kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ab[adv.hī] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now small too not be[pres.sg.23] , centre of be[pres.sg.23] , now short and increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
357It is not small; it is of medium-size. 358Now increase it a little.
283उमंग उल्हास में लाओ . umaṅg ulhās mē̃ lāō . umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ullās[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . zeal enthusiasm in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
359Bring about zeal and enthusiasm.
284जैसे एक वर्ष में एक बारी आते हो ऐसे और नामीग्रामी जो सेवा के निमित्त बन सकें , ऐसे और भी अपने ग्रुप में एड करो . jaisē ēk varṣh mē̃ ēk bārī ātē hō aisē aur nāmīgrāmī jō sēvā kē nimitt ban sakē̃ , aisē aur bhī apnē group mē̃ add karō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ēk[adj.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur nāmīgrāmī[adj.] jō[pn.;d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] group mē̃[postp.] add karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . like one year in one x come[pres.pl.m.2] such and x that service x become[opt.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] , such and too one’s own group in add do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
360Just as you come here once a year, in the same way, add to your group those who are well-known who can become instruments for service.
285 ( दादी जानकी ने सुनाया कि यह दादाराम , दादा रत्नचन्द का मोस्टली परिवार है जो सारे विश्व में फैला हुआ है ) हाँ यह प्रसिद्ध परिवार है और देखो दोनों परिवार के जो निमित्त बनें , एक रत्नचन्द की विशेषता - कुछ नहीं सोचा , स्वाहा . ( dādī jānkī nē sunāyā ki yah dādārām , dādā ratnacanda kā mōsṭalī parivār hai jō sārē viśhva mē̃ phailā huā hai ) hā̃ yah prasiddh parivār hai aur dēkhō dōnō̃ parivār kē|K jō nimitt banē̃ , ēk ratnacanda kī|key viśhēṣhtā - kuchh nahī̃ sōchā , svāhā . ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] x , dādā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] phailnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|phailānā[root] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) hā̃ yah[pn.sg.d.] prasiddh[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] dōnō̃ parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] , ēk[adj.] x kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] - kuchh nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , svāhā . ( Dadi x ∅ speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] that this x , Dada x of x family be[pres.sg.23] that the whole world in (spread[past-part.m.sg.d.]|spread[root]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) yes this x family be[pres.sg.23] and see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x family (of|K) that instrument become[opt.pl.12hon3] , one x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) speciality - anything not think[past-part.m.sg.d.] , sacrificed . 286उमंग-उत्साह दिखाया . umaṅg-utsāh dikhāyā . umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . zeal and enthusiasm x[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 287ब्रह्मा बाप को फॉलो किया . brahmā bāp kō follow kiyā . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] follow karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . Brahma father to follow do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
361(Dadi Janki told Baba that this group mostly belongs to the family of Dada Ram and Dada Ratanchand and have spread all over the world.) 362Yes, this is a well-known family and, look, they have become instruments in both families. 363The speciality of Ratanchand: he didn't think about anything, but just surrendered everything; he showed his zeal and enthusiasm; he followed Father Brahma.
288तो आज उसका परिवार उसकी दुआओं से बहुत अच्छा चल रहा है और राम सावित्री दिल से सेवा के निमित्त बनें . tō āj uskā parivār uskī duāō̃ sē bahut achchhā chal rahā hai aur rām sāvitrī dil sē sēvā kē nimitt banē̃ . tō āj vah[pn.sg.kā] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.kī] duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] aur rām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāvitrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] . then today that[.kā] family that[.kī] blessing from very achcha continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] and Rama x heart from service x become[opt.pl.12hon3] .
364So, today, his family is moving along very well with those blessings. 365And Ram and Savitri became instruments for service with their heart.
289समय पर गुप्त सहयोगी बनें , उसकी दुआयें परिवार को हैं . samay par gupta sahyōgī banē̃ , uskī duāyē̃ parivār kō haĩ . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] gupt[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.kī] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . time (at|other) incognito co-operative become[opt.pl.12hon3] , that[.kī] blessing family to be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
366They became co-operative at a time of need in an incognito way and their family has those blessings.
290काम उसने किया और नाम परिवार को दिया है . kām usnē kiyā aur nām parivār kō diyā hai . kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.nē] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . (lust|task) that[.nē] do[past-part.m.sg.d.] and name family to give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
367They did the work and gave the name of that to the family.
291यह उन्हों का त्याग है . yah unhō̃ kā tyāg hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tyāgnā[root]|tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this that of (renounce[root]|renunciation) be[pres.sg.23] .
368This was their renunciation.
292उसके त्याग का भाग्य आपको प्राप्त हो रहा है . uskē tyāg kā bhāgya āpkō prāpt hō rahā hai . uskā[pn.sg.kē] tyāgnā[root]|tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . of that[.kē] (renounce[root]|renunciation) of x you[.kō] reached be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
369You are receiving the fortune of their renunciation.
293संगठन अच्छा है , आपका ग्रुप बापदादा को पसन्द है . saṅgaṭhan achchhā hai , āpkā group bāpdādā kō pasand hai . saṅgaṭhan[x] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , āp[pn.pl.kā] group bāpdādā kō[postp.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . gathering achcha be[pres.sg.23] , you[.kā] group BapDada to love be[pres.sg.23] .
370It is a good gathering. 371BapDada likes your group.
294अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
372Achcha.
295मुबारक हो . mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 296सभी परिवार की तरफ से भी बापदादा की तरफ से भी मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . sabhī parivār kī|key taraph sē bhī bāpdādā kī|key taraph sē bhī mubārak hō , mubārak hō . sab[adv.hī] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . all family (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) direction from too BapDada (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) direction from too congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
373Congratulations from the whole family and from BapDada. 374Congratulations. 375Congratulations.
297अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
376Achcha.
298डबल विदेशी बच्चों की रिट्रीट चल रही है : ( बच्चे गीत गा रहे हैं - बाबा का बच्चों से , बच्चों का बाबा से प्यार है ना ) अच्छा है . double vidēśhī bachchō̃ kī|key retreat chal rahī hai : ( bachchē gīt gā rahē haĩ - bābā kā bachchō̃ sē , bachchō̃ kā bābā sē pyār hai nā ) achchhā hai . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key retreat chalnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] : ( bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] - bābā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] , bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bābā sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . double foreigner child (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x continue[pres.sg.f.prog.23] : ( child x sing[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] - Baba of child from , child of Baba from love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
377Double-foreign Children's Retreat: (Children sang a song - Baba loves the children and the children love Baba.) 378It is good.
299जैसे बच्चे उमंग-उत्साह में अपना प्रोग्राम यहाँ कर रहे हो , वैसे अपने-अपने शहरों में भी बच्चों का ग्रुप बढ़ाओ . jaisē bachchē umaṅg-utsāh mē̃ apnā programme yahā̃ kar rahē hō , vaisē apnē-apnē śhaharō̃ mē̃ bhī bachchō̃ kā group baṛhāō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] programme yahā̃ karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhahar[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . like child zeal and enthusiasm in (one’s own|adopt[root]) programme here do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , x one’s own city in too child of group increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
379Just as children are having a programme here with zeal and enthusiasm, so increase the group of children in your own cities in the same way.
300जो बच्चा ज्यादा में ज्यादा बच्चों का ग्रुप तैयार करेंगे , उसको प्राइज देंगे . jō bachchā jyādā mē̃ jyādā bachchō̃ kā group taiyār karē̃gē , uskō prize dēgē . jō[pn.;d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jyādā mē̃ jyādā[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group taiyār[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.kō] prize dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that child at the most child of group x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , that[.kō] prize give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
380The child who prepares the biggest group will be given a prize.
301बापदादा को भी बच्चे अच्छे लगते हैं क्योंकि बच्चे दिल के सच्चे हैं . bāpdādā kō bhī bachchē achchhē lagtē haĩ kyōṅki bachchē dil kē|K sachchē haĩ . bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada to too child achcha x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because child heart (of|K) true be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
381BapDada also loves the children because children are honest in their heart.
302अच्छा - कभी क्रोध तो नहीं करते बच्चे , कभी-कभी करते हो ? achchhā - kabhī krōdh tō nahī̃ kartē bachchē , kabhī-kabhī kartē hō ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - kabhī[adv.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , kabhī[adv.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? achcha - ever anger then not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] child , ever do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
382Achcha. 383Children, you don't ever get angry, do you? 384Do you sometimes become angry?
303थोड़ा थोड़ा करते हो ? thōṛā thōṛā kartē hō ? thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? short short do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
385Do you get a little angry?
304तो इस वर्ष अपने अपने सेन्टर में अपनी रिजल्ट लिखाना फिर वह टीचर लिख करके भेजेगी कि इन बच्चों ने सारा साल क्रोध नहीं किया . tō is varṣh apnē apnē centre mē̃ apnī result likhānā phir vah teacher likh karkē bhējēgī ki in bachchō̃ nē sārā sāl krōdh nahī̃ kiyā . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] result likhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] vah[pn.sg.d.] teacher likhnā[root] karnā[abs.] bhējnā[fut.f.sg.23] ki[conj.] in|yah[pn.pl.o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . then this year one’s own one’s own centre in one’s own result x[inf.m.sg.d.] (then|turn[root]) that teacher write[root] do[abs.] x[fut.f.sg.23] that (in|this) child ∅ the whole year anger not do[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 305और बहुत अच्छा पुरूषार्थ किया फिर प्राइज देंगे . aur bahut achchhā purūṣhārth kiyā phir prize dēgē . aur bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] prize dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . and very achcha effort do[past-part.m.sg.d.] (then|turn[root]) prize give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
386So, this year, write your result at your centres, and then your teacher will write, saying, "These children did not get angry throughout the whole year, and they made effort very well." 387Then you will be given a prize.
306अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
388Achcha.
307डबल विदेशी : फारेनर्स वृद्धि भी कर रहे हैं और भिन्न-भिन्न देश जो रहे हुए हैं , उसमें उमंग-उत्साह से बढ़ रहे हैं , यह बापदादा को खुशी है कि प्रैक्टिकल रहमदिल बन आत्माओं के ऊपर रहम कर रहे हैं . double vidēśhī : foreigners vr̥iddhi bhī kar rahē haĩ aur bhinn-bhinn dēśh jō rahē huē haĩ , usmē̃ umaṅg-utsāh sē baṛh rahē haĩ , yah bāpdādā kō khuśhī hai ki practical merciful ban ātmāō̃ kē ūpar rahm kar rahē haĩ . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] : foreigner vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur bhinn[adj.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] practical merciful bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . double foreigner : foreigner growth too do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and different land that (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that[.mē̃] zeal and enthusiasm from grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , this BapDada to happiness be[pres.sg.23] that practical merciful (become[root]|x) soul over mercy do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
389Double-foreigners: Those from abroad are increasing in number, and you are moving forward in serving the various countries that are still left to be served with zeal and enthusiasm. 390BapDada is pleased to see that you have become merciful in a practical way and are having mercy for souls.
308सेवा का उमंग भी है और सेवा का प्रत्यक्ष रूप भी दिखा रहे हैं . sēvā kā umaṅg bhī hai aur sēvā kā pratyakṣha rūp bhī dikhā rahē haĩ . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dikhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . service of zeal too be[pres.sg.23] and service of visible Rup too x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
391You have enthusiasm for service and are also showing the practical form of service.
309अभी डबल तीव्र पुरूषार्थ कर गोल्डन कप फॉरेन वाले लेवें . abhī double tīvr purūṣhārth kar golden cup foreign vālē lēvē̃ . ab[adv.hī] double tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[root] golden cup foreign vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . now double intense effort do[root] golden cup abroad those who take[opt.pl.12hon3] .
392Now, make double intense effort so that those from abroad claim the golden cup.
310ले सकते हैं . lē saktē haĩ . lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . take[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
393You can claim it.
311सभी की तरफ से ईमेल आयेगा आपके पास , ओ . के . ओ . के , ज्यादा नहीं आयेगा . sabhī kī|key taraph sē email āyēgā āpkē pās|pass , ō . kē|K . ō . kē|K , jyādā nahī̃ āyēgā . sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] email ānā[fut.m.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass , O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K , jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . all (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) direction from e-mail come[fut.m.sg.23] you[.kē] (x|pass) , x . (of|K) . x . (of|K) , more not come[fut.m.sg.23] .
394Then you will receive e-mails from everyone: OK, OK. 395You will not receive anything more.
312पढ़ना पड़ता है ना आपको . paṛhnā paṛtā hai nā āpkō . paṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] nā āp[pn.pl.kō] . study[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] ∅ you[.kō] .
396You will have to read them then, will you not?
313 ( दादी जानकी को ) , बस सिर्फ ओ . के . बाप भी ओ . के . वालों को गुप्त में बहुत स्नेह की दुआओं की वर्षा करते हैं . ( dādī jānkī kō ) , bas sirph ō . kē|K . bāp bhī ō . kē|K . vālō̃ kō gupta mē̃ bahut snēh kī|key duāō̃ kī|key varṣhā kartē haĩ . ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] ) , basnā[root]|bas sirph[adj.] O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] gupt[adj.] mē̃[postp.] bahut snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key varṣhā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . ( Dadi x to ) , (x[root]|simply) only x . (of|K) . father too x . (of|K) . those who to incognito in very love (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) blessing (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
397(Speaking to Dadi Janki). 398Simply write OK. 399The Father is showering love in an incognito way on the children who remain OK.
314वाह ! vāh ! vāh ! wah! ! 315बच्चे वाह ! bachchē vāh ! bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh ! child wah! ! 316का गीत गाते हैं . kā gīt gātē haĩ . kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . of x sing[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
400He sings the song, "Wah children! 401Wah!"
317चाहे भारत वाले , चाहे विदेश वाले लेकिन कोई-कोई बच्चे गुप्त रीति से तीव्र पुरूषार्थ कर रहे हैं और बापदादा के पास लिस्ट भी है , भारत में भी है विदेश में भी है लेकिन बापदादा अभी बहुतकाल देखने चाहता है , कर रहे हैं लेकिन बहुतकाल चाहिए . chāhē bhārat vālē , chāhē vidēśh vālē lēkin kōī-kōī bachchē gupta rīti sē tīvr purūṣhārth kar rahē haĩ aur bāpdādā kē pās list bhī hai , bhārat mē̃ bhī hai vidēśh mē̃ bhī hai lēkin bāpdādā abhī bahutkāl dēkhnē chāhtā hai , kar rahē haĩ lēkin bahutkāl chāhiē . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēkin kōī[pn.;d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] gupt[adj.] rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur bāpdādā kē pās[x] list bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin bāpdādā ab[adv.hī] bahutkāl dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.sg.m.23] , karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] lēkin bahutkāl chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) Bharat those who , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) abroad those who but some child incognito way from intense effort do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and BapDada to list too be[pres.sg.23] , Bharat in too be[pres.sg.23] abroad in too be[pres.sg.23] but BapDada now a long period of time see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.sg.m.23] , do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] but a long period of time (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
402Whether you are from Bharat or abroad, some children are making intense effort in an incognito way and BapDada also has a list. 403There are these children in Bharat and also abroad, but, BapDada now wants to see this over a long period of time. 404You are doing this, but it has to be over a long period of time.
318तो बहुतकाल बापदादा नोट कर रहे हैं , कि बहुतकाल के तीव्र पुरूषार्थी कौन कौन हैं . tō bahutkāl bāpdādā note kar rahē haĩ , ki bahutkāl kē|K tīvr purūṣhārthī kaun kaun haĩ . tō bahutkāl bāpdādā note karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , ki[conj.] bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] kaun[pn.;d.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then a long period of time BapDada note do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , that a long period of time (of|K) intense effort-maker who who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
405So, BapDada was noting who the intense effort-makers are over a long period of time.
319बीच-बीच में अगर ढीले हो जाते हैं तो बहुतकाल तो कट हो जाता है ना इसीलिए बापदादा लिस्ट निकाल रहा है , अभी थोड़े हैं . bīch-bīch mē̃ agar ḍhīlē hō jātē haĩ tō bahutkāl tō kaṭ hō jātā hai nā isīliē bāpdādā list nikāl rahā hai , abhī thōṛē haĩ . bīch-bīch mē̃[x] agar ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] tō bahutkāl tō kaṭ[x]|kaṭnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] nā isīliē bāpdādā list nikālnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , ab[adv.hī] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x if x be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] then a long period of time then (x|be cut away[root]) be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ∅ x BapDada list x[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , now short be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 320बनना तो सबको है . bannā tō sabkō hai . bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō sabkō hōnā[pres.sg.23] . become[inf.m.sg.d.] then everything be[pres.sg.23] .
406If you become slack in between, it is cut from being over a long period of time and this is why BapDada is making a list. 407At present, there are only a few, but everyone has to become this.
321भारत वालों को भी बनना है , विदेश वालों को भी बनना है लेकिन कोई कोई गुप्त अच्छे है . bhārat vālō̃ kō bhī bannā hai , vidēśh vālō̃ kō bhī bannā hai lēkin kōī kōī gupta achchhē hai . bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] lēkin kōī[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.;d.] gupt[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Bharat those who to too become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , abroad those who to too become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] but some some incognito achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
408Those from Bharat and also those from abroad have to become this. 409However, some are very good in an incognito way.
322बापदादा गिनती करते रहते हैं , कितने बच्चे हैं ऐसे . bāpdādā gintī kartē rahtē haĩ , kitnē bachchē haĩ aisē . bāpdādā ginnā[pres-part.f.]|gintī[x] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . BapDada (x[pres-part.f.]|x) do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , so child be[pres.pl.12hon3] such .
410BapDada continues to count how many children like this there are.
323अभी बहुतकाल पर अटेन्शन रखो . abhī bahutkāl par attention rakhō . ab[adv.hī] bahutkāl par[postp.]|par[adj.] attention rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now a long period of time (at|other) attention keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 324क्योंकि बहुतकाल के विजयी बहुतकाल का फुल आधा कल्प के राज्यभाग्य के अधिकारी बनेंगे . kyōṅki bahutkāl kē|K vijayī bahutkāl kā full ādhā kalp kē|K rājyabhāgya kē|K adhikārī banē̃gē . kyōṅki bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vijayī[adj.] bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] full ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rājyabhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . because a long period of time (of|K) victorious a long period of time of full half cycle (of|K) x (of|K) (one) who has a right become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
411Now, pay attention to "Over a long period of time", because only those who are victorious over a long period of time will claim a right to the full half-cycle of the fortune of the kingdom.
325अगर बीच बीच में किया , आधा समय किया , पौना समय किया तो प्राप्ति राज्य भाग्य की भी इतनी होगी . agar bīch bīch mē̃ kiyā , ādhā samay kiyā , paunā samay kiyā tō prāpti rājya bhāgya kī|key bhī itnī hōgī . agar bīch bīch mē̃[postp.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , paunā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō prāpti[n.f.;sg.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhī[p.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . if centre centre in do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , half time do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , three quarters time do[past-part.m.sg.d.] then attainment kingdom x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) too such be[fut.f.sg.23] .
412If you do something only now and then, only for half the time, only for three-quarters of the time, then the attainment of the fortune of the kingdom will also be just that long.
326इसीलिए बापदादा डबल विदेशियों को विशेष थैंक्स भी देते हैं अटेन्शन है , लेकिन बीच बीच में टेन्शन भी आ जाता है . isīliē bāpdādā double vidēśhiyō̃ kō viśhēṣh thanks bhī dētē haĩ attention hai , lēkin bīch bīch mē̃ tension bhī ā jātā hai . isīliē bāpdādā double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] thanks bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] attention hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lēkin bīch bīch mē̃[postp.] tension bhī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . x BapDada double foreigner to special thanks too give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] attention be[pres.sg.23] , but centre centre in tension too come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
413This is why BapDada is giving special thanks to the double foreigners, that you do pay attention, but in between, there is also tension.
327अभी टेन्शन खत्म , अटेन्शन . abhī tension khatm , attention . ab[adv.hī] tension ḵẖatm[adj.] , attention . now tension finished , attention .
414Now, let tension finish and let there be attention.
328ऐसी लिस्ट में आ जाओ , बहुतकाल के तीव्र पुरूषार्थी . aisī list mē̃ ā jāō , bahutkāl kē|K tīvr purūṣhārthī . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] list mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] . such list in come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , a long period of time (of|K) intense effort-maker .
415Become part of such a list of those who are intense effort-makers over a long period of time.
329कभी-कभी वाले नहीं , लगातार . kabhī-kabhī vālē nahī̃ , lagātār . kabhī[adv.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] , lagātār . ever those who not , x .
416Not those who are this only sometimes, but continuously, all the time.
330ठीक है ना . ṭhīk hai nā . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
417Is that OK?
331हैं , बापदादा देखते हैं कि उम्मींदवार सितारे हैं . haĩ , bāpdādā dēkhtē haĩ ki ummīndvār sitārē haĩ . hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ummīdvār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . be[pres.pl.12hon3] , BapDada see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that hope star be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
418You are this. 419BapDada sees that you are the stars of hope.
332प्रैक्टिकल स्टेज पर आ जायेंगे . practical stage par ā jāyēṅgē . practical stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . practical stage (at|other) come[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
420You will come onto the practical stage.
333ठीक है ना . ṭhīk hai nā . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ . 334है ना ऐसे ! hai nā aisē ! hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ! be[pres.sg.23] ∅ such !
421You are this, are you not?
335उम्मींदवार सितारे हैं ना . ummīndvār sitārē haĩ nā . ummīdvār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . hope star be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
422You are the stars of hope, are you not?
336बाप की आशाओं के सितारे बच्चे हैं . bāp kī|key āśhāō̃ kē|K sitārē bachchē haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . father (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) desire (of|K) star child be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
423Children are the stars of the Father's hope.
337अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
424Achcha.
338मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . mubārak hō , mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
425Congratulations. 426Congratulations.
339इन्टरनेशनल यूथ ग्रुप : यूथ ग्रुप की विशेषता यह प्रसिद्ध है कि यूथ जो चाहे वह कर सकते हैं . international youth group : youth group kī|key viśhēṣhtā yah prasiddh hai ki youth jō chāhē vah kar saktē haĩ . international youth group : youth group kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.d.] prasiddh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] youth jō[pn.;d.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . international youth group : youth group (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) speciality this x be[pres.sg.23] that youth that (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) that do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
427International Youth Group: The well-known speciality of the Youth Group is that the youth can do whatever they want.
340तो इस वर्ष आप यूथ ग्रुप क्या संकल्प पूरा करेंगे ? tō is varṣh āp youth group kyā saṅkalp pūrā karē̃gē ? tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] youth group kyā saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then this year you youth group what thought make full ?
428So, this year, what thought will the Youth Group fulfil?
341जो बापदादा ने कहा है - वह यूथ ग्रुप करके दिखायेंगे ! jō bāpdādā nē kahā hai - vah youth group karkē dikhāyēṅgē ! jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] - vah[pn.sg.d.] youth group karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! that BapDada ∅ say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] - that youth group do[abs.] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !
429The Youth Group will demonstrate this by doing what BapDada has said.
342करेंगे ? karē̃gē ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
430Will you do it?
343निवारण स्वरूप . nivāraṇ svarūp . nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] . solution form .
431Become an embodiment of solutions.
344कारण नहीं , निवारण स्वरूप . kāraṇ nahī̃ , nivāraṇ svarūp . kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] , nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] . because not , solution form .
432Do not be the reasons, but an embodiment of solutions.
345समाधान स्वरूप . samādhān svarūp . samādhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] . solution form .
433Be an embodiment of solutions.
346आपस में लेन-देन करते रहते हैं ना . āpas mē̃ lēn-dēn kartē rahtē haĩ nā . āpas mē̃[x] lēn-dēn[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] nā . with each other exchange do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] ∅ .
434You continue to have an exchange among yourselves, do you not?
347तो यह लक्ष्य रखके जाओ कि बहुतकाल समाधान स्वरूप बनके ही उड़ना है . tō yah lakṣhya rakhkē jāō ki bahutkāl samādhān svarūp bankē hī uṛnā hai . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[abs.] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] bahutkāl samādhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] hī[p.] uṛnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then this aim keep[abs.] go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that a long period of time solution form become[abs.] only fly[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
435So, keep the aim that you have to become an embodiment of solutions over a long period of time and fly.
348कारण आयेंगे लेकिन आप यूथ में ताकत है कारण को निवारण में चेंज करना . kāraṇ āyēṅgē lēkin āp youth mē̃ tākat hai kāraṇ kō nivāraṇ mē̃ change karnā . kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] youth mē̃[postp.] tākat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] change karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . because come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but you youth in power be[pres.sg.23] because to solution in change do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
436Reasons will come, but you youth have the strength to change the reasons into solutions.
349क्या करें , कारण है ना , यह यूथ नहीं बोल सकता . kyā karē̃ , kāraṇ hai nā , yah youth nahī̃ bōl saktā . kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , yah[pn.sg.d.] youth nahī̃[neg] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . what do[opt.pl.12hon3] , because be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , this youth not (speak[root]|x) can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
437"What can we do? 438There is this reason." 439The youth cannot say this.
350शक्तिवान हो . śhaktivān hō . śhaktivān[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
440You are powerful.
351तो ठीक है यह होम वर्क करेंगे ! tō ṭhīk hai yah home work karē̃gē ! tō ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] home work[x] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! then OK be[pres.sg.23] this homework do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !
441So, is this OK? 442Will you do this homework?
352करेंगे होमवर्क ? karē̃gē homework ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] home work ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] homework ?
443Will you do this homework?
353अच्छा रिजल्ट लिखते रहना . achchhā result likhtē rahnā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] result likhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . achcha result write[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
444Achcha. 445Continue to write your result to Baba.
354ओ . के . ओ . के . की रिजल्ट लिखना . ō . kē|K . ō . kē|K . kī|key result likhnā . O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key result likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x . (of|K) . x . (of|K) . (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) result write[inf.m.sg.d.] .
446Just write the result of OK.
355अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
447It is good.
356बापदादा को यूथ ग्रुप में बहुत अच्छी आशायें हैं . bāpdādā kō youth group mē̃ bahut achchhī āśhāyē̃ haĩ . bāpdādā kō[postp.] youth group mē̃[postp.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada to youth group in very achcha desire be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
448BapDada has very good hopes in the Youth Group.
357कर रहे हैं , प्लैन बना रहे हैं अब प्रैक्टिकल में करके दिखाओ , जो भी आपको देखे कहे यह तो फरिश्ता है . kar rahē haĩ , plan banā rahē haĩ ab practical mē̃ karkē dikhāō , jō bhī āpkō dēkhē kahē yah tō phariśhtā hai . karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , plan banānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ab[adv.] practical mē̃[postp.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , plan create[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] now practical in do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that too you[.kō] (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]) (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) this then angel be[pres.sg.23] .
449"We are doing this, we are making plans." 450Now demonstrate this by doing it practically. 451Whoever sees you should say that you are angels.
358फरिश्ता फरिश्ता दिखाई दो . phariśhtā phariśhtā dikhāī dō . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . angel angel be visible .
452You should all be seen as angels everywhere.
359फरिश्ते की चाल उड़ती कला . phariśhtē kī|key chāl uṛtī kalā . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key chālnā[root]|chāl[n.f.;sg.] uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] . angel (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (move[root]|x) fly[pres-part.f.] degree . 360नीचे ऊपर नहीं . nīchē ūpar nahī̃ . nīchē ūpar nahī̃[neg] . down over not .
453An angel's way of moving is the flying stage, not fluctuating.
361उड़ने वाले और उड़ाने वाले . uṛnē vālē aur uṛānē vālē . uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur uṛānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . fly[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who and x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
454You are those who fly and make others fly.
362कमज़ोर को भी उड़ाने वाले . kamzōr kō bhī uṛānē vālē . kamjōr[adj.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] uṛānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . weak to too x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
455You even make weak ones fly.
363नीचे आने वाले नहीं . nīchē ānē vālē nahī̃ . nīchē ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] . down (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who not .
456You are not those who come down.
364तो ऐसा प्लैन बनाया है ! tō aisā plan banāyā hai ! tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ! then such plan create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] !
457So, have you made such a plan?
365ऐसा सोचा है ? aisā sōchā hai ? aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sōchnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? such think[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
458Have you thought in this way?
366कोई कमाल करके दिखाना . kōī kamāl karkē dikhānā . kōī[pn.;d.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . some x do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
459Show this by performing some wonders.
367बाकी अच्छा है हर वर्ष मिलते हो , यह बहुत अच्छा . bākī achchhā hai har|her varṣh miltē hō , yah bahut achchhā . bākī|bākī achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] harnā[root]|har|her varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.pl.m.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . (others|but) achcha be[pres.sg.23] (x[root]|x) year receive[pres.pl.m.2] , this very achcha .
460However, it is good that you meet every year; it is very good.
368उमंग उल्हास बढ़ता है . umaṅg ulhās baṛhtā hai . umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ullās[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23] . zeal enthusiasm grow[pres.sg.m.23] .
461It increases your zeal and enthusiasm.
369अभी की रिजल्ट भी सुनी है , कुछ बनाया है ना , चिटकियां लिखी हैं , वह भी सुना है . abhī kī|key result bhī sunī hai , kuchh banāyā hai nā , chiṭkiyā̃ likhī haĩ , vah bhī sunā hai . ab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key result bhī[p.] sunnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , kuchh banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā , chiṭkī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] likhnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . now (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) result too listen[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , anything create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ , little note write[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , that too listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
462Baba heard the result of the present time. 463You have created something, have you not? 464You have written some notes: Aims for the year.
370यह अच्छा बनाया है . yah achchhā banāyā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . this achcha create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
465You have made a good thing. 466(An hourglass with everyone's aims for the year - to be opened next year.)
371अच्छा पुरूषार्थ किया है . achchhā purūṣhārth kiyā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . achcha effort do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
467You have made good effort.
372अभी सभी की यह चिटकी नीचे गिरे कि अच्छे ते अच्छे हैं . abhī sabhī kī|key yah chiṭkī nīchē girē ki achchhē tē achchhē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key yah[pn.sg.d.] chiṭkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nīchē girnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|girnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . now all (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) this little note down (fall down[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|fall down[opt.sg.23]) that achcha from achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
468Now, the notes that should fall down (in the hourglass) are that these ones are the best of all.
373परसेन्टेज नहीं , अच्छे ते अच्छे . percentage nahī̃ , achchhē tē achchhē . percentage nahī̃[neg] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . percentage not , achcha from achcha .
469Not a percentage, but the best.
374हो सकता है बड़ी बात नहीं है . hō saktā hai baṛī bāt nahī̃ hai . hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] very matter not be[pres.sg.23] .
470It is possible. 471It is not a big deal.
375अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
472Achcha.
376 ( सबने वायदा किया है कि बाबा की आश पूरा करेंगे , विदेश और भारत में साथ-साथ सेवा करेंगे , ऐसा संकल्प है , इसका प्लान बनायेंगे ) अच्छा है . ( sabnē vāydā kiyā hai ki bābā kī|key āśh pūrā karē̃gē , vidēśh aur bhārat mē̃ sāth-sāth sēvā karē̃gē , aisā saṅkalp hai , iskā plan banāyēṅgē ) achchhā hai . ( sabnē vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] bābā kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] pūrā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sāth-sāth sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.kā] plan banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( x promise do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that Baba (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) desire make full , abroad and Bharat in x service do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , such thought be[pres.sg.23] , this[.kā] plan create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
473(Everyone promised to fulfil Baba's hopes, and that Bharat and the countries abroad will work together. 474We will make a plan like that.) 475It is good.
377अच्छा - मधुबन के आप सभी श्रृंगार हो . achchhā - madhuban kē|K āp sabhī śhrr̥iṅgār hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root]|śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . achcha - Madhuban (of|K) you all (decorate[root]|decoration) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
476Achcha. 477All of you are the decoration of Madhuban.
378देखो आप जब आते हो मधुबन में तो कितना मधुबन सज जाता है . dēkhō āp jab ātē hō madhuban mē̃ tō kitnā madhuban saj jātā hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.] jab ānā[pres.pl.m.2] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] sajnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you when come[pres.pl.m.2] Madhuban in then so Madhuban x[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
478When all of you come, Madhuban becomes decorated so beautifully.
379मधुबन में आना अच्छा लगता है ना कि मुश्किल लगता है ? madhuban mē̃ ānā achchhā lagtā hai nā ki muśhkil lagtā hai ? madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ki[conj.] muśhkil[adj.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? Madhuban in (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) enjoy ∅ that difficult x[pres.sg.m.23] ?
479You enjoy coming to Madhuban, do you not? 480Or, do you find it difficult?
380मेहनत लगती है ? mēhnat lagtī hai ? mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? effort x[pres.sg.f.23] ?
481Does it take you any effort?
381लगती है मेहनत या खुशी होती है ? lagtī hai mēhnat yā khuśhī hōtī hai ? lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] yā khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? x[pres.sg.f.23] effort or happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] ?
482Or, do you feel happy?
382अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
483Achcha.
383अभी हर एक अपने को मन के मालिक अनुभव कर एक सेकण्ड में मन को एकाग्र कर सकते हो ? abhī har ēk apnē kō man kē|K mālik anubhav kar ēk second mē̃ man kō ēkāgr kar saktē hō ? ab[adv.hī] har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ēkāgr[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? now each one one’s own to mind (of|K) master experience do[root] one second in mind to concentrated do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
484Now, are you able to experience yourself as a master of the mind and stabilize your mind in one second?
384आर्डर कर सकते हो ? order kar saktē hō ? order karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? order do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
485Are you able to order it?
385एक सेकण्ड में अपने स्वीट होम में पहुंच जाओ . ēk second mē̃ apnē sweet home mē̃ pahuñch jāō . ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sweet home[x] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . one second in one’s own sweet home in reach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
486Reach your sweet home in one second.
386एक सेकण्ड में अपने राज्य स्वर्ग में पहुंच जाओ . ēk second mē̃ apnē rājya svarg mē̃ pahuñch jāō . ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . one second in one’s own kingdom heaven in reach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
487In one second, reach your kingdom, heaven.
387मन आपका आर्डर मानता है वा हलचल करता है ? man āpkā order māntā hai vā halchal kartā hai ? man[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] order mānnā[pres.sg.m.23] vā halchal[x] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? mind you[.kā] order x[pres.sg.m.23] or upheaval do[pres.sg.m.23] ?
488Does your mind obey your orders? 489Or does it fluctuate?
388मालिक अगर योग्य है , शक्तिवान है , तो मन नहीं माने , हो नहीं सकता . mālik agar yōgya hai , śhaktivān hai , tō man nahī̃ mānē , hō nahī̃ saktā . mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] agar yōgya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , śhaktivān[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō man[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] mānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|mānnā[opt.sg.23] , hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . master if worthy be[pres.sg.23] , x be[pres.sg.23] , then mind not (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) , (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
490If the master is worthy and powerful, it is not possible for your mind not to obey you.
389तो अभी अभ्यास करो एक सेकण्ड में सभी अपने स्वीट होम में पहुंच जाओ . tō abhī abhyās karō ēk second mē̃ sabhī apnē sweet home mē̃ pahuñch jāō . tō ab[adv.hī] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sweet home[x] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . then now practice do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] one second in all one’s own sweet home in reach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
491So, now practise - all of you reach your sweet home in one second.
390यह अभ्यास सारे दिन में बीच-बीच में करने का अटेन्शन रखो . yah abhyās sārē din mē̃ bīch-bīch mē̃ karnē kā attention rakhō . yah[pn.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bīch-bīch mē̃[x] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this practice the whole day in x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of attention keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
492Pay attention to practising this every now and again throughout the day.
391मन की एकाग्रता स्वयं को भी और वायुमण्डल को भी पावरफुल बनाती है . man kī|key ēkāgratā svayã kō bhī aur vāyumaṇḍal kō bhī powerful banātī hai . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key ēkāgratā[n.m.;sg.,d.] svayã kō[postp.] bhī[p.] aur vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] powerful banānā[pres.sg.f.23] . mind (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) concentration x to too and atmosphere to too powerful create[pres.sg.f.23] .
493The concentration of the mind will make you yourself and the atmosphere powerful.
392अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
494Achcha.
393चारों ओर के अति सर्व के स्नेही , सर्व के सहयोगी श्रेष्ठ आत्माओं को , चारों ओर के विजयी बच्चों को , चारों ओर के परिवर्तन शक्तिवान बच्चों को , चारों ओर के सदा स्वयं को प्रत्यक्ष कर बाप को प्रत्यक्ष करने वाले बच्चों को , सदा समाधान स्वरूप विश्व परिवर्तक बच्चों को बापदादा का यादप्यार और दिल की दुआयें स्वीकार हों . chārō̃ ōr kē|K ati sarv kē|K snēhī , sarv kē|K sahyōgī śhrēṣhṭh ātmāō̃ kō , chārō̃ ōr kē|K vijayī bachchō̃ kō , chārō̃ ōr kē|K parivartan śhaktivān bachchō̃ kō , chārō̃ ōr kē|K sadā svayã kō pratyakṣha kar bāp kō pratyakṣha karnē vālē bachchō̃ kō , sadā samādhān svarūp viśhva parivartak bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā kā yādpyār aur dil kī|key duāyē̃ svīkār hō̃ . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ati sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K snēhī[adj.] , sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sahyōgī[adj.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vijayī[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhaktivān[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sadā svayã kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[root] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā samādhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhva parivartak[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] svīkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . everywhere (of|K) x all (of|K) loving , all (of|K) co-operative elevated soul to , everywhere (of|K) victorious child to , everywhere (of|K) transformation x child to , everywhere (of|K) constantly x to visible do[root] father to visible do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who child to , constantly solution form world transformer child to BapDada of love, remembrance and heart (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) blessing acceptance be[opt.pl.12hon3] .
495To all the extremely elevated souls everywhere who are loving and co-operative with everyone, to all the victorious children everywhere, to all the children everywhere who are powerful with the power of transformation, to all the children who always reveal themselves and also reveal the Father, to the children who are always the embodiments of solutions and world transformers, love and remembrance from BapDada and please also accept blessings from His heart.
394साथ में सभी बच्चों को जो बाप के भी सिरताज हैं , ऐसे सिरताज बच्चों को बापदादा की नमस्ते . sāth mē̃ sabhī bachchō̃ kō jō bāp kē|K bhī sirtāj haĩ , aisē sirtāj bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā kī|key namastē . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] sirtāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sirtāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key namastē . with in all child to that father (of|K) too crown be[pres.pl.12hon3] , such crown child to BapDada (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x .
496As well as this, to all the children, who are also the crown of the Father's head, to such children who are the crowns on the head, BapDada's namaste.
395दादियों से : ( दादी जी से ) : सभी आपका मुस्कराता हुआ चेहरा देखना चाहते हैं . dādiyō̃ sē : ( dādī jī sē ) : sabhī āpkā muskarātā huā chēhrā dēkhnā chāhtē haĩ . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jīnā[root]|jī[x]|jīnā[past-part.f.] sē[postp.] ) : sab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.kā] muskarānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] . Dadi from : ( Dadi (live[root]|ji|live[past-part.f.]) from ) : all you[.kā] smile[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] face see[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] .
497BapDada meeting Dadis: Dadiji: Everyone wants to see your smiling face.
396देखो सभी मुस्करा रहे हैं , आपको देखकरके सब मुस्करा रहे हैं . dēkhō sabhī muskarā rahē haĩ , āpkō dēkhkarkē sab muskarā rahē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sab[adv.hī] muskarānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[abs.] sab[adj.] muskarānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] all smile[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , you[.kō] see[abs.] all smile[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
498Look, everyone is smiling. 499Seeing you, everyone is smiling.
397अच्छा है , सभी को दिल से स्नेह दिया है , इसलिए सभी के दिल का स्नेह है और स्नेह आपको लिफ्ट माफिक आगे बढ़ा रहा है . achchhā hai , sabhī kō dil sē snēh diyā hai , isliē sabhī kē|K dil kā snēh hai aur snēh āpkō lift māphik āgē baṛhā rahā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , isliē sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] lift muāphik āgē baṛhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|baṛhānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , all to heart from love give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , therefore all (of|K) heart of love be[pres.sg.23] and love you[.kō] lift x previously (grow[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|increase[pres.sg.m.prog.23]) .
500It is good. 501You have given everyone love from your heart and this is why everyone loves you with their heart. 502And love is making you move upward like a lift.
398सीढ़ी नहीं चढ़ने वाली हो , लिफ्ट में पहुंच जाओगी . sīṛhī nahī̃ chaṛhnē vālī hō , lift mē̃ pahuñch jāōgī . sīṛhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] chaṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , lift mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[fut.f.pl.2.root+jānā] . ladder not climb[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , lift in reach[fut.f.pl.2.root+jānā] .
503You are not one who will climb the stairs; you will reach there in the lift.
399सब दादियों को देखकर खुश होते हैं ना . sab dādiyō̃ kō dēkhkar khuśh hōtē haĩ nā . sab[adj.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . all Dadi to see[abs.] happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ . 400क्योंकि दादियों ने निःस्वार्थ सेवा की है . kyōṅki dādiyō̃ nē niḥsvārth sēvā kī hai . kyōṅki dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] niḥsvārth[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . because Dadi ∅ altruistic service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
504Everyone is happy to see the Dadis because Dadis have done altruistic service.
401हर एक को दिल की दुआओं से पालना की है . har ēk kō dil kī|key duāō̃ sē pālnā kī hai . har ēk[x] kō[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . each one to heart (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) blessing from (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
505You have all served everyone with blessings from your heart.
402चाहे साथ रहते हैं , चाहे दूर रहते हैं , लेकिन दुआओं की , स्नेह की , एक सेकण्ड की दुआओं की दृष्टि या दुआओं भरा संकल्प पालना कर देता है . chāhē sāth rahtē haĩ , chāhē dūr rahtē haĩ , lēkin duāō̃ kī|key , snēh kī|key , ēk second kī|key duāō̃ kī|key dr̥iṣhṭi yā duāō̃ bharā saṅkalp pālnā kar dētā hai . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dūr[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , lēkin duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key , snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key , ēk[adj.] second kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] yā duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] bharnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|bharānā[root] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) with remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) distant remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , but blessing (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) , love (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) , one second (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) blessing (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) drishti or blessing (fill[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) thought (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) do[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] .
506Whether someone is staying with you or is far away, your love, blessings, drishti filled with blessings and thoughts filled with blessings sustain everyone.
403तो आप सभी को दिल होती है ना दादियों की दृष्टि मिले , दादियों की दृष्टि मिले . tō āp sabhī kō dil hōtī hai nā dādiyō̃ kī|key dr̥iṣhṭi milē , dādiyō̃ kī|key dr̥iṣhṭi milē . tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] milnā[opt.sg.23]|milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] milnā[opt.sg.23]|milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . then you all to heart be[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ Dadi (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) drishti (receive[opt.sg.23]|receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , Dadi (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) drishti (receive[opt.sg.23]|receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
507So, you all have the desire to receive drishti, do you not?
404तो यह विशेषता जो दादियों ने आपको दी , उससे आप भी सेकण्ड में किसी को स्नेह देकर खुश कर दो . tō yah viśhēṣhtā jō dādiyō̃ nē āpkō dī|the , ussē āp bhī second mē̃ kisī kō snēh dēkar khuśh kar dō . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] jō[pn.;d.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kō] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the , vah[pn.sg.sē] āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] second mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] kō[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . then this speciality that Dadi ∅ you[.kō] (give[past-part.f.]|the) , that[.sē] you too second in (some|anything) to love give[abs.] happy do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
508With this speciality that the Dadis have given to you, make others happy by giving them love.
405कैसा भी कोई हो लेकिन स्नेह दिल का , सिर्फ बोल का नहीं , बाहर का नहीं लेकिन दिल का स्नेह किसी को भी स्नेही बना सकता है . kaisā bhī kōī hō lēkin snēh dil kā , sirph bōl kā nahī̃ , bāhar kā nahī̃ lēkin dil kā snēh kisī kō bhī snēhī banā saktā hai . kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , sirph[adj.] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , bāhar kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] snēhī[adj.] banānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . how too some (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but love heart of , only (speak[root]|x) of not , outside of not but heart of love (some|anything) to too loving create[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
509No matter what someone is like, love from the heart, not of words or external love, but love from the heart can make anyone loving.
406जैसे दादियां जल्दी से दिलशिकस्त नहीं होती - यह तो बदलना ही नहीं है , यह तो होना ही नहीं है . jaisē dādiyā̃ jaldī sē dilśhikasta nahī̃ hōtī - yah tō badalnā hī nahī̃ hai , yah tō hōnā hī nahī̃ hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] jaldī sē[postp.] dilśhikast[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.f.] - yah[pn.sg.d.] tō badalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . like Dadi very quickly from disheartened not be[pres-part.f.] - this then change[inf.m.sg.d.] only not be[pres.sg.23] , this then be[inf.m.sg.d.] only not be[pres.sg.23] . 407सदा शुभ उम्मीदें रखती हैं , बापदादा को फॉलो किया . sadā śhubh ummīdē̃ rakhtī haĩ , bāpdādā kō follow kiyā . sadā śhubh[adj.] ummīd[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , bāpdādā kō[postp.] follow karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . constantly pure and positive x keep[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , BapDada to follow do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
510Just as Dadis do not quickly become disheartened - this one is never going to change, this will never happen - so all of you have pure hopes and you followed BapDada in this.
408बापदादा के पास पहले बारी जब आप आये तो कैसे आये थे , 63 जन्म के पाप इकट्ठे किये हुए आये , लेकिन बापदादा ने आशाओं के दीपक समझ चमकता हुआ सिताराबना दिया . bāpdādā kē pās pahlē bārī jab āp āyē tō kaisē āyē thē , 63 janm kē|K pāp ikaṭṭhē kiyē huē āyē , lēkin bāpdādā nē āśhāō̃ kē|K dīpak samajh chamaktā huā sitārābanā diyā . bāpdādā kē pās[x] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jab āp[pn.pl.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] tō kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[past-perf.pl.m.] , 63 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] , lēkin bāpdādā nē[postp.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dīpak[x] samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root] chamaknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] x dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . BapDada to (x|firstly) x when you (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) then how come[past-perf.pl.m.] , 63 (life|be born[root]) (of|K) x together do[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) , but BapDada ∅ desire (of|K) x (understanding|understand[root]) x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] x give[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
511When you first came to BapDada, what were you like? 512You came with the sins that you had accumulated over 63 births, but BapDada considered you to be the lamps of hope and made you into sparkling stars.
409न घृणा रखी , न दिलशिकस्त हुए , ऐसे आप भी इस वर्ष किसी से भी न दिलशिकस्त होना , न थकना , स्नेह और सहयोग देते रहना . na ghr̥iṇā rakhī , na dilśhikasta huē , aisē āp bhī is varṣh kisī sē bhī na dilśhikasta hōnā , na thaknā , snēh aur sahyōg dētē rahnā . na[neg] ghr̥iṇā[n.f.;sg.] rakhnā[past-part.f.] , na[neg] dilśhikast[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] na[neg] dilśhikast[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , na[neg] thaknā, phathaknā[inf.m.sg.d.] , snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . not hatred keep[past-part.f.] , not disheartened be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , such you too this year (some|anything) from too not disheartened be[inf.m.sg.d.] , not become desperate[inf.m.sg.d.] , love and cooperation give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
513He didn't have any dislike, nor was He disheartened. 514In the same way, this year, do not be disheartened with anyone, do not become tired. 515Continue to give love and co-operation.
410पॉजिटिव में परिवर्तन करते रहना , निगेटिव नहीं देखना . positive mē̃ parivartan kartē rahnā , negative nahī̃ dēkhnā . positive mē̃[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , negative nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . positive in transformation do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , negative not see[inf.m.sg.d.] .
516Continue to bring about transformation in a positive way. 517Do not look at the negative.
411तो देखना इस वर्ष में ही समय को समीप ले आयेंगे . tō dēkhnā is varṣh mē̃ hī samay kō samīp lē āyēṅgē . tō dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samīp[adj.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+ānā] . then see[inf.m.sg.d.] this year in only time to close take[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+ānā] .
518So, in this year, you will bring time close.
412ऐसा वायुमण्डल बनाओ . aisā vāyumaṇḍal banāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such atmosphere create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
519Create such an atmosphere.
413कहाँ भी किसी के प्रति कोई भाव और नहीं , शुभ भावना शुभ कामना . kahā̃ bhī kisī kē prati kōī bhāv aur nahī̃ , śhubh bhāvnā śhubh kāmnā . kahā̃ bhī[p.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] kē prati[x] kōī[pn.;d.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur nahī̃[neg] , śhubh bhāvnā[x] śhubh kāmnā[x] . where too (some|anything) for some consciousness and not , pure feeling good wishes .
520In any situation, do not have any other feelings for anyone at any time, only good wishes and pure feelings.
414गिरे हुए परवश आत्माओं को अपना सहयोग देके उठाओ . girē huē parvaśh ātmāō̃ kō apnā sahyōg dēkē uṭhāō . girnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|girnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] parvaśh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[abs.] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (fall down[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|fall down[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] under an influence soul to (one’s own|adopt[root]) cooperation give[abs.] uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
521Give your co-operation to the souls who have been influenced and have fallen and uplift them.
415सब उठके उड़ेंगे . sab uṭhkē uṛē̃gē . sab[adj.] uṭhnā[abs.] uṛnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . all wake up[abs.] fly[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
522Everyone will get up and fly.
416सबको नज़र आयेंगे फरिश्ते ही फरिश्ते घूम रहे हैं . sabkō nazar āyēṅgē phariśhtē hī phariśhtē ghūm rahē haĩ . sabkō nazar[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hī[p.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ghūmnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . everything glance come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] angel only angel walk around[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
523Everyone will then see angels wandering around everywhere.
417यह साक्षात्कार होना है . yah sākṣhātkār hōnā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] sākṣhātkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . this vision be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
524This vision will be seen.
418अनुभव करेंगे पता नहीं कहाँ फरिश्तों का झुण्ड सृष्टि पर आ गया है हमको उठाने के लिए . anubhav karē̃gē patā nahī̃ kahā̃ phariśhtō̃ kā jhuṇḍ sr̥iṣhṭi par ā gayā hai hamkō uṭhānē kē liē . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahā̃ phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhuṇḍ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ham[pn.pl.kō] uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] . experience do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] knowledge not where angel of swarm world (at|other) come[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] we[.kō] uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.] for .
525They will experience that a group of angels has come somewhere onto the earth to uplift them.
419एक दो को देखो ही फरिश्ते स्वरूप में . ēk dō kō dēkhō hī phariśhtē svarūp mē̃ . ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] hī[p.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] . one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] only angel form in .
526Look at one another with the vision of the angelic form.
420यह फलाना है , फलाना है नहीं , फरिश्ता है . yah phalānā hai , phalānā hai nahī̃ , phariśhtā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] phalānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , phalānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] , phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this x be[pres.sg.23] , x be[pres.sg.23] not , angel be[pres.sg.23] .
527This one is this and this; no! 528They are angels.
421ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .
529Is this OK?
422दादियों से यह सीखो . dādiyō̃ sē yah sīkhō . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sīkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Dadi from this learn[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
530Learn this from the Dadis.
423शुभ भावना , शुभ कामना दो , स्टाक है आपके पास , लेकिन देने में दाता कम बनते हो . śhubh bhāvnā , śhubh kāmnā dō , stock hai āpkē pās|pass , lēkin dēnē mē̃ dātā kam|cum bantē hō . śhubh bhāvnā[x] , śhubh kāmnā[x] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] , stock hōnā[pres.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass , lēkin dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kam[adj.]|cum bannā[pres.pl.m.2] . pure feeling , good wishes (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) , stock be[pres.sg.23] you[.kē] (x|pass) , but give[inf.m.pl.,o.] in bestower (less|x) become[pres.pl.m.2] .
531Give good wishes and have pure feelings. 532You have a stock, but you don't become a bestower in giving as much.
424निगेटिव न देखो , न सुनो , न बोलो , न सोचो . negative na dēkhō , na sunō , na bōlō , na sōchō . negative na[neg] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , na[neg] sunnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , na[neg] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , na[neg] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . negative not see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , not listen[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , not speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , not think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
533Do not look, hear, speak or think of anything negative.
425उमंग-उत्साह के पंखों से उड़ते रहो और उड़ाते रहो . umaṅg-utsāh kē|K paṅkhō̃ sē uṛtē rahō aur uṛātē rahō . umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K paṅkh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] uṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] aur uṛānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . zeal and enthusiasm (of|K) wing from fly[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] and x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
534Continue to fly with the wings of zeal and enthusiasm and make others fly.
426अच्छा है ना , दादियां स्टेज पर आती हैं , सबके चेहरे मुस्कराने लगते हैं . achchhā hai nā , dādiyā̃ stage par ātī haĩ , sabkē chēhrē muskarānē lagtē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] muskarānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+lagnā] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , Dadi stage (at|other) come[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , everyone's face smile[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+lagnā] .
535It is good. 536When the Dadis come onto the stage, everyone's face beings to smile.
427अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
537Achcha.
428 ( दादी बाबा को कह रही हैं - बाबा सबका आपसे बहुत प्यार है ) आपसे भी सबका हजारगुणा ज्यादा प्यार है . ( dādī bābā kō kah rahī haĩ - bābā sabkā āpsē bahut pyār hai ) āpsē bhī sabkā hajāraguṇā jyādā pyār hai . ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bābā kō[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] - bābā sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.sē] bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) āp[pn.pl.sē] bhī[p.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( Dadi Baba to say[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] - Baba everyone's you[.sē] very love be[pres.sg.23] ) you[.sē] too everyone's x more love be[pres.sg.23] .
538Dadiji told Baba:Baba, everyone loves You a lot. 539Everyone also loves you a thousandfold more.
429तीनों बड़े भाईयों से : मधुबन के बिना तो गति ही नहीं है . tīnō̃ baṛē bhāīyō̃ sē : madhuban kē|K binā tō gati hī nahī̃ hai . tīnō̃[adj.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā tō gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all three very brother from : Madhuban (of|K) without then speed only not be[pres.sg.23] .
540Speaking to the three Senior Brothers: There is no salvation without Madhuban.
430आपसे भी पाण्डवों से , ऐसे उन्हों को फीलिंग आये , यह दादियों को फॉलो करने वाले हैं . āpsē bhī pāṇḍavō̃ sē , aisē unhō̃ kō feeling āyē , yah dādiyō̃ kō follow karnē vālē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.sē] bhī[p.] pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] feeling ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] follow karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . you[.sē] too Pandava from , such that to feeling (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) , this Dadi to follow do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
541From you Pandavas, too, everyone should receive the feeling that you are following the Dadis.
431फॉलो बाप को करते हैं लेकिन निमित्त आप सबसे फीलिंग आवे कि यह हमको देने वाले हैं , सहयोग देने वाले हैं , दिल का स्नेह देने वाले हैं . follow bāp kō kartē haĩ lēkin nimitt āp sabsē feeling āvē ki yah hamkō dēnē vālē haĩ , sahyōg dēnē vālē haĩ , dil kā snēh dēnē vālē haĩ . follow bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] sabsē feeling ānā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] ham[pn.pl.kō] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . follow father to do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but instrument you the most feeling come[opt.sg.23] that this we[.kō] give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] , cooperation give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] , heart of love give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
542You follow the Father, but from you all, they should have the feeling that you are those who will give to them, that you will give your co-operation and love from the heart.
432कभी भी कोई दिलशिकस्त हो , तो समझें यह हमको सहयोग देने वाले हैं . kabhī bhī kōī dilśhikasta hō , tō samajhē̃ yah hamkō sahyōg dēnē vālē haĩ . kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] dilśhikast[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , tō samajhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] ham[pn.pl.kō] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . ever too some disheartened (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , then understand[opt.pl.12hon3] this we[.kō] cooperation give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
543If anyone is ever disheartened, they should feel that you will co-operate with them.
433अभी इस रूप को प्रत्यक्ष करो . abhī is rūp kō pratyakṣha karō . ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.o.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now this Rup to visible do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
544Now, reveal this form.
434अन्दर होगा लेकिन अभी प्रत्यक्ष करो . andar hōgā lēkin abhī pratyakṣha karō . andar hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . inside be[fut.m.sg.23] but now visible do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
545It may be that you have this internally, but now reveal it.
435ठीक है ना . ṭhīk hai nā . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
546Is this OK?
436कमाल करेंगे , पाण्डव कम थोड़ेही हैं . kamāl karē̃gē , pāṇḍav kam|cum thōṛēhī haĩ . kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kam[adj.]|cum thōṛēhī hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , Pandava (less|x) not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
547You will perform wonders. 548The Pandavas are no less.
437पाण्डवों का गायन भी विशेष है . pāṇḍavō̃ kā gāyan bhī viśhēṣh hai . pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] viśhēṣh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Pandava of x too special be[pres.sg.23] .
549The Pandavas are especially remembered.
438साथी पाण्डव दिखाये गये हैं . sāthī pāṇḍav dikhāyē gayē haĩ . sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|dikhānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.passive] . companion Pandava (x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.passive]) .
550The Pandavas have been shown as the co-operative companions.
439शक्तियों को मैदान में दिखाया गया है लेकिन पाण्डव साथी दिखाये गये हैं . śhaktiyō̃ kō maidān mē̃ dikhāyā gayā hai lēkin pāṇḍav sāthī dikhāyē gayē haĩ . śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] maidān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dikhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|dikhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive] lēkin pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|dikhānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.passive] . Shakti to x in (x[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|x[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive]) but Pandava companion (x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.passive]) .
551The Shaktis are shown on the field (of service), but the Pandavas have been shown as the companions.
440साथ देने वाले और साथ रहने वाले , बाप के साथ रहने वाले और सर्व को साथ देने वाले . sāth dēnē vālē aur sāth rahnē vālē , bāp kē sāth rahnē vālē aur sarv kō sāth dēnē vālē . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur sarv[adj.] kō[postp.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . with give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who and with remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , father with remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who and all to with give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
552You are those who give their company and who stay with the Father. 553You stay with the Father and give your company to everyone.
441ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .
554Is this OK?
442 ( रमेश भाई से ) तबियत ठीक है , सम्भाल करो . ( ramēśh bhāī sē ) tabiyat ṭhīk hai , sambhāl karō . ( ramēśh bhāī[x] sē[postp.] ) tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sambhālnā[root]|sambhāl[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ( Rameshbhai from ) health OK be[pres.sg.23] , (be careful[root]|x) do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
555To Rameshbhai: Is your health OK? 556Look after yourself.
443 ( गोलक भाई से ) अथक है ना या थक जाते हो . ( gōlak bhāī sē ) athak hai nā yā thak jātē hō . ( x bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] sē[postp.] ) athak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā yā thaknā, phathaknā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . ( x (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) from ) x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ or become desperate[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .
557To Golakbhai: You are tireless, are you not? 558Or, do you feel tired?
444खिटखिट होती है लेकिन खिटखिट को खुशी के रूप में परिवर्तन करो . khiṭkhiṭ hōtī hai lēkin khiṭkhiṭ kō khuśhī kē|K rūp mē̃ parivartan karō . khiṭ-khiṭ hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] lēkin khiṭ-khiṭ kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . complication be[pres.sg.f.23] but complication to happiness (of|K) Rup in transformation do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
559Yes, there is conflict, but transform that conflict into happiness.
445माला है ना . mālā hai nā . mālā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . garland be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
560There is the rosary, is there not?
446नम्बरवन और लास्ट कुछ तो अन्तर होगा ना , सब एक जैसे तो नहीं होंगे . number one aur last kuchh tō antar hōgā nā , sab ēk jaisē tō nahī̃ hōṅgē . number one aur last kuchh tō antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā , sab[adj.] ēk[adj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . number one and last anything then difference be[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ , all one like then not be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
561There must be a difference between the number one and the last number. 562Not everyone will be the same.
447ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .
563It is fine.
448ठीक चल रहा है . ṭhīk chal rahā hai . ṭhīk[adj.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . OK continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
564Everything is moving along well.
4492006 वर्ष की विदाई और 2007 की बधाई2006 varṣh kī|key vidāī aur 2007 kī|key badhāī2006 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur 2007 kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]2006 year (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) farewell and 2007 (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) greetings450 ( रात्रि 12 बजे के बाद बापदादा ने सभी बच्चों को नये वर्ष की बधाई वा मुबारक दी ) ( rātri 12 bajē kē bād bāpdādā nē sabhī bachchō̃ kō nayē varṣh kī|key badhāī vā mubārak dī|the ) ( rātri[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] 12 bajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajnā[opt.sg.23]|bajā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kē bād[x] bāpdādā nē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the ) ( night 12 (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|o'clock) after BapDada ∅ all child to new year (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) greetings or congratulations (give[past-part.f.]|the) )
565Farewell to the Year 2006 and Greetings for the Year 2007: (At midnight, BapDada gave all the children greetings and congratulations for the New Year.)
451सभी को नये वर्ष की पदम-पदमगुणा बधाईयां भी हों , दिल की दुआयें भी हैं और दिलाराम के दिल की यादप्यार भी है . sabhī kō nayē varṣh kī|key padam-padamguṇā badhāīyā̃ bhī hō̃ , dil kī|key duāyē̃ bhī haĩ aur dilārām kē|K dil kī|key yādpyār bhī hai . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key padamguṇā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur dilārām kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all to new year (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) multimillion-fold greetings too be[opt.pl.12hon3] , heart (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) blessing too be[pres.pl.12hon3] and x (of|K) heart (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) love, remembrance too be[pres.sg.23] .
566Multi-multimillionfold greetings and you also have blessings from the heart and love and remembrance from the heart of the Comforter of Hearts.
452सदा इस वर्ष में उड़ते रहना और उड़ाते रहना . sadā is varṣh mē̃ uṛtē rahnā aur uṛātē rahnā . sadā yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] uṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur uṛānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . constantly this year in fly[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] and x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
567Always remain flying this year and also make others fly.
453सभी आत्माओं को अपने मन की कामनायें पूर्ण करने वाले दाता के बच्चे मास्टर दाता बन सुख , शान्ति , प्यार , दुआयें देते रहना और हर एक को बाप का परिचय देते हुए मुक्ति का वर्सा देते रहना . sabhī ātmāō̃ kō apnē man kī|key kāmanāyē̃ pūrṇ karnē vālē dātā kē|K bachchē master dātā ban sukh , śhānti , pyār , duāyē̃ dētē rahnā aur har ēk kō bāp kā parichay dētē huē mukti kā varsā dētē rahnā . sab[adv.hī] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key kāmnā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] pūrṇ[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] master dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , śhānti , pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur har ēk[x] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parichay[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . all soul to one’s own mind (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) wish x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who bestower (of|K) child master bestower (become[root]|x) happiness , peace , love , blessing give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] and each one to father of introduction give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] liberation of inheritance give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
568Be the master bestowers, children of the Bestower, and fulfil the desires of the mind of all souls, and continue to give them happiness, peace, love and blessings. 569And, while giving everyone the Father's introduction, continue to give them the inheritance of liberation.
454अच्छा - विदाई और बधाई के संगम का विशेष यादप्यार . achchhā - vidāī aur badhāī kē|K saṅgam kā viśhēṣh yādpyār . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] . achcha - farewell and greetings (of|K) confluence of special love, remembrance .
570Achcha. 571Special love and remembrances of the confluence age, farewell and greetings.
572* * * O M S H A N T I * * *